warranties for your genesis brand vehicle responsibility for

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR GENESIS BRAND VEHICLE
Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle's specific warranty coverage.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new GENESIS Brand are found in Section 7. As the owner,
it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for severe operating
conditions are also included in Section 7.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.
OWNER'S INFORMATION
ORIGINAL OWNER _____________________________________________________
ADDRESS
CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________
DELIVERY DATE
(Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)
DEALER NAME _______________ DEALER NO. _____________________________
ADDRESS ____________________________________________________________
CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Genesis Branded Vehicle reserves the right to
make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle models and
includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual
that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE
WARNING
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely
affect the performance, safety or durability of your
Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you
carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions
or consult your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for precautionary measures or
special instructions if you choose to install one of
these devices.
F2
WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in
harm, serious injury, or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow
the advice provided with the warning.
CAUTION
This indicates that a condition may result in
damage to your vehicle or its equipment if
the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice
provided with the caution.
✽ NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy
Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the genesismotorsusa.com website at:
https://www.genesismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Genesis
Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO Box 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
customercare@genesismotorsusa.com
Genesis Customer Care representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM
and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday
through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive Genesis Branded Vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each
Genesis Branded Vehicle we build is something of which we're very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Genesis Branded Vehicle. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you
receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products. An authorized retailer of Genesis Branded Products is prepared to provide highquality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.
GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Genesis Branded
Vehicle, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that
do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants
that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2016 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis
Customer Care.
F4
GUIDE TO GENESIS/HYUNDAI PARTS
1. What are Genesis/Hyundai Parts?
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI
Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and
tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability to our customers.
2. Why should you use Genesis/
Hyundai Parts?
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage
caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not
covered under the Genesis
Branded New Vehicle Limited
Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of Genesis/Hyundai Part
caused by the installation or failure
of an imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage part is not covered by any
Genesis Branded Vehicle Warranty.
■ Type A
■ Type A
ODH027037
■ Type B
■ Type A
ODH027034
■ Type B
ODH027036
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing Genesis/Hyundai Parts?
Look for the Genesis/Hyundai
Parts Logo on the package.
Genesis/Hyundai Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with
labels written only in English.
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are only
sold through an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
ODH027033
■ Type B
ODH027035
ODH027032
F5
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in this manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents. A
good place to start is the index; it has
an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight
chapter plus an index. Each chapters
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that chapter has the information you want.
F6
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual. These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety. You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation
in which harm, serious bodily
injury, or death could result if the
warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
3.8 engine
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not
use methanol blended fuels.)
5.0 engine
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. For
improved vehicle performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research
Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels.)
Introduction
CAUTION
Never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank
other than what has been specified. (Consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products for details.)
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Tighten the cap until it clicks
one time, otherwise the Check
Engine
light will illuminate.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or
instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol
comprised of 15% ethanol and 85%
gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85"
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
customers do not use fuel with an
ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
✽ NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s
engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains
methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded
gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty does not cover damage to
the fuel system or any performance
problems caused by the use of
"E85" fuel.
F7
Introduction
Other fuels
Gasoline containing MMT
Do not use methanol
Using fuels such as;
- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,
- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel,
and
- Other metallic additives contained fuels,
may cause vehicle and engine damage or cause plugging, misfiring,
poor acceleration, engine stalling,
catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not
recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and damage components of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
✽ NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty.
F8
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any
performance problems that are
caused by the use of fuels containing methanol.
Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality
gasolines treated with detergent
additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline. If TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to
the fuel tank at every 7,500 miles or
every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from
your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are
subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
F9
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
F10
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Multimedia System
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
8
Index
I
F11
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-2
Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-3
Interior overview....................................................1-4
Instrument panel overview (I)..............................1-5
Instrument panel overview (II).............................1-6
Engine compartment .............................................1-7
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I)
■ Front view
1. Hood ..................................................3-48
2. Headlamp ..........................................7-79
3. Front fog light.....................................7-79
4. Tires and wheels ...............................7-45
5. Side view mirrors...............................3-36
6. Panorama sunroof .............................3-44
7. Front windshield wiper blades ...........7-39
8. Windows ............................................3-40
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-2
ODH014001CN
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II)
■ Rear view
1
2. Defroster ...............................................3-132
3. Fuel filler lid ............................................3-59
4. Towing hook............................................6-23
5. Rear combination lamp ..........................7-83
6. High mounted stop lamp ........................7-85
7. Rearview camera..................................3-126
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODH014002N
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Antenna ....................................................4-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................3-12
2. Power window switches ....................3-40
3. Power window lock switch ................3-43
4. Central door lock switch ....................3-13
5. Side view mirror control switch..........3-37
6. Side view mirror folding button ..........3-38
7. Fuel filler lid release button ..............3-59
8. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ....................................3-63
9. Trunk release button ..........................3-49
10. Lane keeping assist system button* ..5-69
11. Blind spot detection system button*..5-78
12. Rear curtain button* ......................3-160
13. ESC OFF button..............................5-38
14. Electronic parking brake switch* ....5-26
15. Steering wheel ................................3-19
16. Steering wheel tilt/telescope control ..3-19
17. Seat ..................................................2-4
18. Hood release lever ..........................3-48
19. Brake pedal ....................................5-23
20. Accelerator pedal
* : if equipped
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-4
ODH014003N
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)
1
2. Steering wheel audio controls* ........4-4
3. Bluetooth® wireless technology
hands-free controls*..........................4-5
• Type A
4. Instrument cluster ..........................3-62
5. Horn ................................................3-21
6. Driver’s front air bag........................2-48
7. Wiper/Washer................................3-123
8. Advanced smart cruise controls* ....5-54
• Type B
9. Engine start/stop button....................5-6
10. Automatic transmission ................5-11
11. Drive mode integrated control
system ..........................................5-42
12. AUTO HOLD ................................5-31
13. Seat warmers and coolers ............2-18
14. Heated steering wheel button ......3-20
15. Parking assist system ................3-128
16. Glove box ....................................3-154
* : if equipped
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODH014004N
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Light control/Turn signals..3-110 / 3-114
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II)
1. Audio remote control buttons................4-4
2. Bluetooth® wireless technology
hands-free button..................................4-5
3. Cruise control button /
Advanced smart cruise control
button ...........................................5-50 / 5-54
4. Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle
distance button ...................................5-59
5. Light control /
Turn signals lever .................3-110 / 3-114
6. Wiper and washer control lever ........3-123
7. LCD display control.............................3-63
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODH014006N
1-6
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.8)
1
2. Radiator cap .....................................7-29
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-32
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-35
5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-27
■ Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0)
6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-28
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-34
8. Fuse box ...........................................7-61
9. Jumper terminal ..................................6-5
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODH016005N/ODH016006N
1-7
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-29
Safety system of your vehicle
Important safety precautions...............................2-2
Always wear your seat belt............................................2-2
Restrain all children..........................................................2-2
Air bag hazards..................................................................2-2
Driver distraction...............................................................2-2
Control your speed ...........................................................2-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-3
Seats ........................................................................2-4
Safety precautions............................................................2-5
Front seats..........................................................................2-6
Rear seats .........................................................................2-11
Headrest ............................................................................2-14
Seat warmers and coolers ............................................2-18
Seat belts ..............................................................2-22
Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-22
Seat belt warning light ..................................................2-23
Seat belt restraint system ............................................2-25
Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB) ...........................................2-30
Additional seat belt safety precautions ....................2-31
Care of seat belts ...........................................................2-34
Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-35
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-36
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-38
Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system.........2-46
Where are the air bags? ...............................................2-48
How does the air bags system operate? ..................2-51
What to expect after an air bag inflates..................2-56
Occupant classification system (OCS) .......................2-57
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Air bags
are not designed to inflate in every collision.) .......2-61
SRS care ............................................................................2-66
Additional safety precautions ......................................2-67
Air bag warning labels ...................................................2-68
2
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air bags,
ALWAYS make sure you and your
passengers wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
2-2
Air bag hazards
Driver distraction
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety
should be the first concern when
behind the wheel and drivers need to
be aware of the wide array of potential
distractions, such as drowsiness,
reaching for objects, eating, personal
grooming, other passengers, and
using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction
or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use. NEVER
text or email while driving. Most
states have laws prohibiting drivers
from texting. Some states and
cities also prohibit drivers from
using handheld phones.
Control your speed
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the road
to always drive safely, with your
hands on the wheel as well as your
eyes and attention on the road.
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
Driver’s seat
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward/
Seat tilt/height adjustment
(2) Seat cushion length adjustment
(3) Seatback angle adjustment
(4) Lumbar support adjustment
(5) Seat bolster adjustment*
(6) Driver position memory system*
(7) Headrest adjustment
(8) Seat warmer/Seat warmer and cooler (by air)*
Front passenger's seat
(9) Seat sliding forward or rearward/
Seat tilt/height adjustment
(10) Seatback angle adjustment
(11) Lumbar support adjustment*
(12) Headrest adjustment
(13) Seat warmer/Seat warmer and cooler (by air)*
Rear seat
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
Ski through
Armrest
Seat warmer*
Rear curtain control*
Headrest height adjustment
* : if equipped
ODH035001N
2-4
Safety precautions
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the seat
and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the
lap portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Sitting too close to an air bag
greatly increases the risk of injury in
the event the air bag inflates.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far to
the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain
full control of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat
as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering wheel
and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the risk
of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems. Children who have outgrown
a booster seat and adults must be
restrained using the seat belts.
2-5
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small
infants to ride in a passenger’s
lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck, across sharp
edges, or reroute the shoulder
strap away from your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
2-6
Front seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
and proper locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may exit
out of the lighter causing a fire.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Use extreme caution when
picking small objects trapped
under the seats or between the
seat and the center console.
Your hands might be cut or
injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
Power adjustment
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
engine is turned off.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the seats:
2
• Always stop adjusting the
seats when the seat has been
adjusted as far forward or
rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer
than necessary when the
engine is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This
may result in an electrical malfunction.
ODH033003
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
Safety system of your vehicle
To move the front part of cushion rearward:
1. Push the rear part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
ODH033004
ODH033005
Seat cushion length adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion forward:
1. Push the front part of control
switch to move the seat cushion
to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position.
2-8
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger’s neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
2
ODH033006
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
1. Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or push down to
lower the front part of the seat
cushion. Pull the rear portion of the
control switch up to raise or push
down to lower the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
Safety system of your vehicle
According to the equipped feature, the
lumbar support does not operate up or
down when the lumbar support is in
the rearmost position.
In this case, to use the system, slightly increase support by pushing the
front portion of the switch (1).
ODH033007
ODH033008
Lumbar support
• The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
Seat bolster adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
To change the height of seat bolster:
1. Pull or push the lever.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
2-10
Seatback pocket
WARNING
■ Type A
WARNING
ODH033084L
■ Type B
ODH033083L
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the car
unattended. The power seats
are operable when the engine is
turned off.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front seatbacks.
2-11
2
Safety system of your vehicle
To prevent the occupant classification system from malfunctioning:
Do not hang onto the front passenger’s seatback.
Rear seats
Safety system of your vehicle
Armrest
ODH034110N
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat. Pull the armrest
down from the seatback to use it.
2-12
ODH034024N
ODH034023N
Cup holder
To use the cup holder, open the
cover (1).
Carrying long/narrow cargo
Additional cargo space is provided to
accommodate long/narrow cargo
(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit properly in the trunk when closed.
1. Pull (1) the armrest down.
2. Pull the cover down while pushing
the release lever down.
CAUTION
• Make sure the engine is off,
Cargo
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
WARNING
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transmission is in P
(Park) and the parking brake is
securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo.
Failure to take these steps may
allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
2-13
2
Safety system of your vehicle
the shift lever is in P and the
parking brake is applied
whenever loading or unloading cargo. The Vehicle may
move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another
position.
• Be careful when loading
cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
• Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can
cause damage to the vehicle
or injury to its occupants.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
Headrest
The vehicle’s front and rear seats
have adjustable headrests. The headrests provide comfort for passengers,
but more importantly they are
designed to help protect passengers
from whiplash and other neck and
spinal injuries during an accident,
especially in a rear impact collision.
2-14
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident,
take the following precautions
when adjusting your headrests:
• Always properly adjust the
headrests for all passengers
BEFORE starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the headrest removed.
• Adjust the headrests so the
middle of the headrests is at
the same height as the height
of the top of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the headrest
position of the driver's seat
when the vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the headrest as close
to the passenger's head as
possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the headrest locks
into position after adjusting it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage, NEVER hit
or pull on the headrests.
Front seat headrest
2
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with adjustable
headrests for the passengers safety
and comfort.
ODH033010
Forward and rearward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it's furthest rearwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest
position and release it.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033105L
ODH033009
Safety system of your vehicle
OLF034015
CAUTION
If you recline the seatback
towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised,
the headrest may come in contact with the sunvisor or other
parts of the vehicle.
ODH033011
ODH033012
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with using
the seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up
(4).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
4. Recline the seatback (4) with using
the seatback angle switch (3).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a
seat with the headrest removed.
2-16
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly.
Rear seat headrests
2
ODH034111
The rear seats are equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the passenger's safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
ODH033103L
Folding the center headrest
To fold the center headrest:
1. Fold the center headrest while
pushing the button.
To unfold the center headrest:
1. Lift the center headrest.
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033102L
ODH033021
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat warmers and coolers
Seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a
serious burn, even at low temperatures and especially if used
for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too warm
so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
(Continued)
2-18
(Continued)
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat
cushion. This may cause the
seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the
seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover.
It may damage the seat
warmer or air ventilation system.
■ Front
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
■ Rear
OFF→HIGH(
)→LOW(
)
→
)→MIDDLE(
ODH033016
■ Front
ODH034028N
While the engine is running, push the
switch to warm the seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
• Type B
ODH034015N
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
✽ NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat automatically controls the
seat temperature by designed temperature.
2-19
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• Type A
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat warmers and coolers (by air)
(if equipped)
■ Front
• Type A
ODH033017
OFF→HIGH(
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
→
■ Front
The seat warmers and coolers are
provided to warm or cool the front
seats by blowing air through small
vent holes on the surface of the seat
cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the seat warmers or cooler are not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to warm or cool the seat.
• Each time you push the switch, the
air flow changes as follows:
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer or cooler operating, the
seat warmer will turn OFF.
• The seat warmers or coolers
defaults to the OFF position whenever the Engine Start/Stop button
is turned to the ON position.
• Type B
ODH034018N
2-20
✽ NOTICE
With the seat warmer or cooler
switch in the ON position, the system in the seat automatically controls the seat temperature by
designed temperature.
CAUTION
2
Safety system of your vehicle
To prevent damage to the seat
warmer, seat cooler and seats:
• Use the seat warmer and cooler ONLY when the climate
control system is on. Using
the seat warmer and cooler
for prolonged periods of time
with the climate control system off could cause the seat
warmer and cooler to malfunction.
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the
seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the
surface of the front seats and
seatbacks; this may cause the
air vent holes to become
blocked and not work properly.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers
under the seats. They may
block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the seat
warmer or cooler.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is
no change, we recommend
that you have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things not to do when
using seat belts.
Seat belt safety precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a
substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
2-22
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following
precautions when adjusting and
wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must be
seated in the front seat, move
the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them
in the seat.
• NEVER allow an infant or child
to be carried on an occupant’s
lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
• Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
WARNING
Conditions
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
Buckled
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Warning Pattern
Light (Blink)
Chime
6 seconds
6 seconds
None
Below 3 mph
6 seconds
(5 km/h)
None
3 mph~
6 mph
6 seconds
Above 6 mph 6 sec. ON / 24 sec. OFF
(10 km/h)
(11 times)
Unbuckled
OLMB033022
The driver's seat belt warning light
and chime will come on according to
the following table when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 seconds *1
↓
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Stop *2
↓
*1 : The Warning Pattern repeats 11 times
with an interval of 24 seconds. If the
driver's seat belt is buckled, the light
will stop within 6 seconds and chime
will stop immediately.
*2 : The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.
2-23
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
Seat belt warning light
Seat belt warning light
(for driver's seat)
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt warning
(for front passenger’s seat)
Conditions
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
Unbuckled
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Buckled
Buckled →
Unbuckled
ODH034109N
The front passenger's seat belt
warning light will activate to the following table when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in "ON" position.
2-24
Warning
Pattern
Light-Blink
6 seconds
Continuously
6 seconds
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Continuously *1
Below 6mph
(10 km/h)
None
*1 : The seat belt warning light will go off if the
vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph (5
km/h). If the vehicle speed increases
above 3 mph (5 km/h), the warning light
will blink again.
WARNING
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver
to instruct the passenger as to
the proper seating instructions
as contained in this manual.
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
Seat belt restraint system
Seat Belt-Driver’s 3-point system with emergency locking
retractor
✽ NOTICE
OLMB033087
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
four different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
■ Front seat
2
ODH033086
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you
lean forward in a slow, easy motion,
the belt will extend and move with
you. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the belt will lock into position.
It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Position one arm under the
OLMB033025
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
(Continued)
2-26
shoulder belt and the other over
the belt, as shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
ODH033082
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the "CENTER" mark
must be used.
Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3-point
system with convertible locking
retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the buckle.
When not securing a child restraint,
the seat belt operates in the same way
as the driver's seat belt (Emergency
Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only
after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly across your hips.
2
✽ NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for
seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes,
the emergency locking mode allows
seated passengers to move freely in
their seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically
locks the belt to help restrain your
body. To deactivate the automatic
locking mode, allow the unbuckled
seat belt to fully retract.
ODH033057
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt.
Convertible retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions
to help accommodate the installation
of child restraint systems. Although a
convertible retractor is also installed in
the front passenger seat position,
NEVER place any infant/child
restraint system in the front seat of
the vehicle.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to "Using a Child Restraint
System" in this chapter.
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
Retractor pre-tensioner
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-Tensioner
Seat Belts. The purpose of the pretensioner is to make sure the seat
belts fit tightly against the occupant's
body in certain frontal collisions. The
pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain crashes where the
frontal collision is severe enough, or
together with the air bags.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver's or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside the pretensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
2-28
WARNING
OLMB033039
EFD system
(Driver and front passenger)
The purpose of the EFD (Emergency
Fastening Device) system is to make
sure the lap belt fit tightly against the
occupant's lower body in certain frontal
collisions. The EFD (Emergency
Fastening Device) may be activated in
crashes where the frontal collision is
severe enough.
Pre-Tensioner
Seat
Belts
(Retractor pre-tensioner seat belt
and emergency fastening device)
that malfunction may not protect
you properly during an accident.
Take the following precautions:
• Always wear your seat belt and
sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not protect
you properly in an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely
affect the buckle and cause it
to function improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an
accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners
yourself. This must be done by
an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
✽ NOTICE
WARNING
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of
the vehicle may damage the pretensioner seat belt (Retractor
pre-tensioner seat belt and
emergency fastening device)
system. Therefore, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
1LDE3100/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)
2-29
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt (Retractor pre-tensioner seat belt and emergency fastening device) assemblies for
several minutes after they have
been activated. When the pretensioner seat belt (Retractor
pre-tensioner seat belt and
emergency fastening device)
mechanism deploy during a collision,
the
pre-tensioner
becomes hot and can burn you.
The sensor that activates the SRS
air bag is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS
air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ON position, and then it
should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light
does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is
being driven, have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products inspect the pre-tensioner seat
belts and SRS air bags as soon as
possible.
Safety system of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts
may be activated in certain frontal
or side collisions or rollovers.
• The pre-tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not worn
at the time of the collision.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
2-30
Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)
(if equipped)
CAUTION
The pre-active seat belt is a
supplementary system. The preactive seat belt activates only
when the passenger is wearing
his/her seat belt.
If the seat belt is released, the
belt parking function will activate. For more detailed refer to
the belt parking function.
ODH033059
The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat
Belt is to tighten the seat belt when a
collision is sensed, driving emergency braking, or when a loss of
control is sensed.
The pre-active seat belt warning will
turn on if there is a problem with your
pre-active seat belt.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products if :
The warning message comes on
while the vehicle is in motion. if the
PSB warning message disappeared,
the warning indicator (master symbol)
turns on.
Additional seat belt safety precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the lap belt
below the belt line so that it fits snugly
and as low as possible across the
hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to an unborn
child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or over the area of
the abdomen where the unborn
child is located.
2-31
2
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH043254L
In order to maximize the safety of the
passenger, the pre-active seat belt
system operates as below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation
occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle senses the collision
situation by sensor (If equipped)
• Dynamic support
- Slippery frozen road
- The passenger leans to one side
by sudden braking or rapid turning.
• Slack removal
Other functions are tightening a
loose seat belt after vehicle speed
is over 15 km/h (9.3 mph) and
winding a loose seat belt after
unfastening the seat belt.
• Belt parking
When releasing the seat belt, if the
seat belt loosens, the motor will
wind up a loose seat belt to tight.
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" in this
chapter.
2-32
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child
restraint appropriate for the
child’s height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to a child and
other passengers, NEVER hold a
child in your lap or arms when
the vehicle is moving.The violent
forces created during an accident will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the interior of the vehicle.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The
restraint must be appropriate for your
child's height and weight. Check the
label on the child restraint for this
information. Refer to "Child Restraint
Systems" in this chapter.
WARNING
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve the maximum effectiveness
of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the
front and rear seats should be in an
upright position when the car is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying
down in the rear seat or if the front or
rear seats are in a reclined position.
2-33
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically. A
child's squirming could put the belt
out of position. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an accident.
An accident can damage the LATCH
system and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Care of seat belts
When to replace seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
2-34
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
WARNING
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
2-35
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among states,
so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger’s seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
(Continued)
2-36
(Continued)
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products check the
child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and
lower anchors.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
Child restraint system types
Rear-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
OLMB033041
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant child
restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.
2-37
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child’s age, height and weight.
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033062
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child’s body with a
harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is
ready for a booster seat.
2-38
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child. Keep your
child in a booster seat until they are
big enough to sit in the seat without a
booster and still have the seat belt fit
properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap
belt must lie snugly across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck
or face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the child
seat system manual), the headrest of the respective seating
position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
WARNING
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) System
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
2-39
2
Safety system of your vehicle
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle. All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
ODH033067
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are no
LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
ISOFIX Lower
Anchor Position
Indicator
ISOFIX Lower Anchor
ODH033068
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
2-40
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
✽ NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lbs (30
kg).
How to calculate the child restraint
weight :
Child restraint weight =
65 lbs (30 kg) - Child weight
2-41
2
Safety system of your vehicle
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with “Tether Anchor” system
ODH033065
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the package tray.
2-42
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
ODH033066
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, or route the tether
strap over the top of the vehicle
seatback. Make sure the strap is
not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer’s instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
Securing a child restraint with
a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
OLMB033044
Automatic lock mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
✽ NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt,
you should also refer to the "3-point
Rear Center Seat Belt" section in
this chapter.
2-43
2
Safety system of your vehicle
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.
Safety system of your vehicle
OLMB033045
OLMB033097
OLMB033098
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" (child restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that
the retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
✽ NOTICE
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
2-44
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
✽ NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position, the
retractor will automatically switch
from the "Automatic Locking" mode
to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
2
Safety system of your vehicle
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the
"Automatic Locking" mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODH033069
2-46
Driver's front air bag
Passenger's front air bag
Side air bag
Curtain air bag
Driver's knee air bag
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during
an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. NHTSA recommends that drivers
allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering
wheel and the chest.
2-47
2
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Air Bag
System for the driver's seat and front
passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to
supplement the three-point seat
belts. For these air bags to provide
protection, the seat belts must be
worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed
in an accident if you are not wearing
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to
supplement seat belts, but do not
replace them. Also, air bags are not
designed to deploy in every collision.
In some accidents, the seat belts are
the only restraint protecting you.
Safety system of your vehicle
Where are the air bags?
Driver's and passenger’s front
air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts
at both the driver and passenger
seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which
are located in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the
pad covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone. The SRS uses sensors to
gather information about the driver's
seat position, the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and
impact severity.
■ Driver’s front air bag
ODH033030
WARNING
■ Driver's knee air bag
ODH033031
■ Passenger’s front air bag
ODH033032
2-48
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
(Continued)
Side air bags
ODH033033
The side air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.
The side air bags do not only deploy
on the side of the impact but also on
the opposite side.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side and curtain air bags
on both sides of the vehicle may
deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
ODH033088
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front and outboard
rear seat. The purpose of the air bag
is to provide the vehicle's driver
and/or the front and outboard rear
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt
alone.
2-49
2
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on
the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such
objects could cause harm if
the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on
front windshield and inside
mirror.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o'clock and 3 o'clock positions,
to minimize the risk of injuries
to your hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory
seat covers. This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes on the clothes
hanger. In an accident it may
cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when
airbag is inflated.
(Continued)
2-50
(Continued)
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Curtain air bags
ODH033087
ODH033089
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect
the heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
curtain air bags, take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Properly
secure
child
restraints as far away from the
door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as
the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side
rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the clothes hanger.
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes on the clothes
hanger. In an accident it may
cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when
airbag is inflated.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
How does the air bags system
operate?
2
ODH033104L/Q
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
impact.
The curtain air bags do not only
deploy on the side of the impact but
also on the opposite side.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side and curtain air bags
on both sides of the vehicle may
deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Safety system of your vehicle
10. Driver's knee air bag module
11. Driver's and front passenger's
seat belt buckle sensors
12. Emergency fastening device
13. Occupant classification system
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position to determine if a crash impact is
severe enough to require air bag
deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
2-52
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.
The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The
light indicates that there is a potential
problem with your air bag system,
which could include your side and
curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products
inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions
occur.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles
or objects which your vehicle
impacts during a collision. The
determining factors are not limited
to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
2-53
2
Safety system of your vehicle
During a moderate to severe frontal
collision, sensors will detect the vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot provide
adequate restraint. When needed,
the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or
rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of a
severe frontal or side collision to
help protect the occupants from
serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate. Generally,
air bags are designed to inflate
based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two
factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
Safety system of your vehicle
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. The greatest risk is sitting too
close to the air bag. An air bag needs
about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to
inflate. NHTSA recommends that
drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
2-54
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger's
and driver's seats as far to the
rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
■ Driver’s front air bag (1)
OLMB033054
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
■ Driver’s front air bag (2)
■ Driver’s front air bag (3)
WARNING
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately
starts
deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.
2-55
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLMB033056
OLMB033055
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
Safety system of your vehicle
What to expect after an air bag
inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and
doors as soon as possible
after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke
and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
(Continued)
2-56
(Continued)
• Always wash exposed skin
areas thoroughly with cold
water and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products replace the air bag
immediately after deployment.
Air bags are designed to be
used only once.
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your
chest with both the seat belt and the
air bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. The powder may
aggravate asthma for some people. If
you experience breathing problems
after an air bag deployment, seek
medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words "PASS AIR BAG OFF"
indicating the front passenger air
bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and
wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
bag to be automatically turned OFF.
However, if the occupant does not sit
in the seat properly (for example, by
not sitting upright, by sitting on the
edge of the seat, or by otherwise
being out of position), this could
cause the sensor to turn the air bag
OFF.
You will find the "PASS AIR BAG
OFF" indicator on the center facia
panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and
activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
2-57
2
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH034108N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
The OCS is designed to detect the
presence of a properly-seated front
passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not. The driver's front air bag is not affected or
controlled by the OCS.
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
Safety system of your vehicle
The OCS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can affect the classification system.
These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the
front of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard
or resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
• Put on the seat an additional thick
cushion.
2-58
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Indicator/Warning light
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Devices
"PASS
Front passenger
SRS
AIR BAG OFF"
warning light
air bag
indicator light
1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Infant * or child restraint
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
2
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending
on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who
has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system
may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above
12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front
passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a
passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER ride with the seat-
an active electronic device
in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any
items on the front passenger seat.
back reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
OLMB033103
OVQ036013NB
• NEVER place your feet or
• NEVER place your feet on
legs on the dashboard.
the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033100
OLMB033101
OLMB033102
• NEVER sit with your hips
• NEVER lean on the door or
shifted towards the front
of the seat.
center console or sit on
one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
2-59
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• NEVER put a heavy load or
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger's Seat
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASS AIR BAG
OFF" indicator is illuminated.
During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passenger move to the rear seat.
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator
is on when an adult is seated in the
front passenger seat, press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag. If
the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator
is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
2-60
✽ NOTICE
The "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approximately 4
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the OCS
will then classify the front passenger
after several more seconds.
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the OCS, never install
a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can
forcefully strike a child or child
restraint resulting in serious or fatal
injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rear-facing or
There are certain types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle
indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether
or not an air bag should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-Genesis/Hyundai Part.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deployment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
2-61
2
Safety system of your vehicle
front-facing child restraint in
the front passenger's seat of
the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision? (Air bags are
not designed to inflate in
every collision.)
Safety system of your vehicle
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor (front)
(4) Side impact sensor (rear)
ODH034035CN/ODH033036/ODH034037CN/ODH033038/ODH033039
2-62
Air bag inflation conditions
ODH033071
Front air bag
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed, or angles of
impact of the front collision.
ODH033090
Side impact and curtain air bags
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed, or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
2-63
2
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033072
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side
impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate only in side
impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
ODH033073
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags
are designed not to deploy in such
cases because they may not provide
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts.
2-64
ODH033074
ODH033075
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate depending on the
intensity, vehicle speed and angles
of impact.
2
ODH033077
OBH038062
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate when the vehicle is
rolled over by a side impact collision,
if the vehicle is equipped with side air
bags and curtain air bags.
Also, if the vehicle is equipped with a
rollover sensor, side impact and curtain air bags may inflate in a rollover.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033076
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS care
ODH033078
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
2-66
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Improper handling
of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
• We recommend that inflated
air bags be replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
(Continued)
Additional safety precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or be ejected
from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the Genesis
Customer Care at 844-340-9741.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
2-67
2
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or
if the vehicle must be
scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed.
Consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products
for the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk
of personal injury.
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag warning labels
ODH034107A/ODH034041N/ODH034042
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to
alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the
air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
2-68
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-4
Mirrors...................................................................3-22
Smart key ............................................................................3-4
Smart key precautions.....................................................3-7
Immobilizer System ...........................................................3-9
Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-22
Side view mirrors.............................................................3-36
Reverse parking aid function.......................................3-39
Door locks .............................................................3-11
Windows ................................................................3-40
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ......3-11
Power Door Latch...........................................................3-12
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle .........3-12
Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-14
Child-protector rear door locks ..................................3-14
Theft-alarm system.............................................3-15
Driver position memory system.........................3-16
Storing positions into memory ...................................3-16
Resetting the driver's seat memory system ............3-17
Easy access function .....................................................3-18
Steering wheel......................................................3-19
Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-19
Tilt steering / Telescope steering...............................3-19
Heated steering wheel...................................................3-20
Horn....................................................................................3-21
Power windows................................................................3-41
Panorama sunroof ...............................................3-44
Sunshade...........................................................................3-44
Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-45
Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-45
Closing the sunroof ........................................................3-46
Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-47
Exterior features .................................................3-48
Hood ...................................................................................3-48
Trunk ..................................................................................3-49
Smart trunk.......................................................................3-55
Fuel filler door .................................................................3-59
Instrument cluster................................................3-62
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-63
LCD Display Control........................................................3-63
Gauges ...............................................................................3-64
3
3
LCD display ...........................................................3-68
Light .....................................................................3-110
LCD Modes........................................................................3-68
Trip Computer Mode.......................................................3-69
Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode ............................................3-70
ASCC/LKAS Mode ...........................................................3-70
A/V Mode..........................................................................3-70
Information Mode ...........................................................3-71
User Settings Mode........................................................3-73
Warning Messages..........................................................3-80
Exterior lights ................................................................3-110
Smart High Beam ..........................................................3-112
Welcome system ...........................................................3-117
Interior lights..................................................................3-118
Trip computer .......................................................3-90
Overview............................................................................3-90
Trip A/B .............................................................................3-91
Fuel Economy...................................................................3-92
Digital Speedometer .......................................................3-94
Warning and indicator lights..............................3-95
Warning lights ..................................................................3-95
Indicator Lights..............................................................3-103
Head Up Display (HUD).....................................3-107
Description......................................................................3-107
Head Up Display ON/OFF ...........................................3-108
Head Up Display Information.....................................3-108
Head Up Display Setting .............................................3-109
Wipers and washers ..........................................3-123
Windshield wipers .........................................................3-123
Windshield washers......................................................3-125
Driver assist system ..........................................3-126
Rear view camera .........................................................3-126
Parking Guide System..................................................3-127
Parking Assist System .................................................3-128
Defroster.............................................................3-132
Rear window defroster ...............................................3-132
Automatic climate control system...................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-136
System operation..........................................................3-144
Climate control air filter..............................................3-146
Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant ..........................................................................3-147
Air Conditioning refrigerant label.............................3-147
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-148
Auto defogging system ON/OFF...............................3-150
Climate control additional features.................3-151
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-151
Smart ventilation ...........................................................3-151
Rear climate system ON/OFF ....................................3-152
CO2 control auto air conditioner ..............................3-152
Storage compartment........................................3-153
Interior features.................................................3-155
Cup holder.......................................................................3-155
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-156
Power outlet...................................................................3-156
Clock.................................................................................3-158
Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-158
Bag hanger .....................................................................3-159
Floor mat anchor(s)......................................................3-159
Rear curtain....................................................................3-160
Side curtain.....................................................................3-161
Luggage net holder ......................................................3-162
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Center console storage ...............................................3-153
Glove box ........................................................................3-154
Sunglass holder .............................................................3-154
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
✽ NOTICE
Locking
Smart key
The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
ODH046443N
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Trunk Unlock
4. Panic
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses
a Smart Key, which you can use to
lock or unlock a door (and trunk) and
even start the engine.
3-4
ODH043002
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button
(1) on the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
Also, the side view mirror will fold,
if the side view mirror folding
switch is in the AUTO position.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for
three seconds if any of the following
occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the trunk is open.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
Unlocking
If you press the driver's outside
door handle button or Door Unlock
button on the smart key again
within four seconds, then all the
doors will unlock.
✽ NOTICE
To open:
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Either press the trunk handle button or press and hold the Trunk
Unlock button (3) on the smart key
for more than one second.
3. The hazard warning lights will
blink two times.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will lock automatically.
✽ NOTICE
The trunk handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the trunk
handle.
Panic button
Press the Panic button (4) and hold
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
3-5
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043002
To unlock:
1. Carry the Smart Key.
2. Either press the driver's outside
door handle button or press the
Door Unlock button (2) on the
smart key.
3. The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times. Also, the side view mirror
will unfold, if the side view mirror
folding switch is in the AUTO position.
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle and other people can also open the doors.
• If you press the front passenger's
outside door handle, while carrying
the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.
• After unlocking the doors, the
doors will lock automatically after
30 seconds unless a door is opened.
• You can change the system to the
Central Door Unlock mode (unlock
all the doors when you press the
unlock button one time). To change
between Two Stage Unlock mode
and Central Door Unlock mode,
perform the following:
Press the lock button and unlock
button on the smart key at the
same time for 5 seconds or more.
The hazard warning lights will
blink four times.
Trunk opening
Convenient features of your vehicle
Start-up
Mechanical key
Loss of a smart key
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.
A maximum of three Smart Keys
including Card Type Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key, it
is recommended that you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining keys to your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
or tow the vehicle, if necessary.
For more information, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 5.
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the smart
key:
• Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If
the inside of the smart key
gets damp (due to drinks or
moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction,
excluding the car from the
warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing
the smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
3-6
ODH046444N
Press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key (2).
Insert the mechanical key into the
key hole on the door.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
Smart key precautions
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves
to the key surface.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
3-7
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
The smart key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is especially important when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the smart key and your
mobile phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between
the two devices.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Restrictions in Handling Keys
ODH043007
When leaving keys with parking lot
and valet attendants, the following
procedures will ensure your vehicle’s
trunk and glove box compartment
can only be opened with the
mechanical key.
3-8
To lock:
1. Remove the mechanical key from
the Smart Key.
2. Unlock the glove box by using the
mechanical key, then open it.
3. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to
the LOCK position (button pressed).
4. Close and lock the glove box using
the mechanical key.
5. Leave the Smart Key with the
attendant and keep the mechanical key with you.
The Smart Key can only be used to
start the engine and operate door
locks.
To unlock:
1. Open the glove box with the
mechanical key.
2. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to
the UNLOCK position (button not
pressed).
In this position the trunk lid will open
with the Trunk Lid button or the
Smart Key.
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
If you suspect your smart key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
✽ NOTICE
ODH046445N
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Pry open the rear cover of the
smart key.
2. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery.
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used,
the engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly,
then go off. If the indicator starts to
blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the Smart Key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, then press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position again.
The system may not recognize your
Smart Key's coding if another immobilizer key or other metal object (i.e.,
key chain) is near the Smart Key. The
engine may not start because the
metal may interrupt the transponder
signal from transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
3-9
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) and regulation(s).
Immobilizer System
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer unique password and
should be kept confidential.
3-10
CAUTION
The transponder in your key is
an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to
give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid
exposure to moisture, static
electricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
Mechanical key
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Smart key
3
ODH043008
First, remove the cover (1~2), and
then turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock and toward the
front of the vehicle to lock (3).
If you lock the driver's door with a
mechanical key, all vehicle doors will
lock. If you unlock the driver's door
with a mechanical key, the driver's
door will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
ODH046443N
To lock the doors, press the button on
the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press
the door lock button on the smart key.
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043002
Door Door
Unlock Lock
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the
smart key with you or press the
unlock button on the smart key, the
driver's door will unlock. If you press
the button on the front passenger's
outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Power Door Latch (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
If a door isn’t closed completely but
is closed to the first detent position,
the door will close automatically.
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
3-12
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
Lock
Unlock
ODH043009
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of injury:
• Before closing the door, check
there are no obstructions in
the path of the door.
• Keep your fingers away from
the edge of the door or they
may become trapped when the
power door latch operates.
ODH043010
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and door opens.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open.
With the central door lock
switch
■ Driver’s door
■ Passenger’s door
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked, the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle in
a crash is increased.
WARNING
ODH043011/ODH043012
When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all
vehicle doors will lock.
When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all
vehicle doors will unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will
not lock even though the lock button
(1) of the central door lock switch is
pressed.
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
3-13
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle
try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to
you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position, close
all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the Smart Key with
you.
Auto door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock
system
All doors will be automatically
unlocked when an impact causes the
air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will be automatically locked
when vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph
(15 km/h).
All of the doors will be automatically
unlocked after the engine is turned
off.
Shift lever auto door lock
WARNING
Opening a door when something
is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when
opening doors and watch for
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
All doors will be automatically locked
when shifting the shift lever out of P
(Park) with the engine running.
You can activate or deactivate the
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from
the User Settings Mode on the LCD
display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
3-14
Child-protector rear door locks
ODH043013
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors. The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock (1)
position, the rear door will not open if
the inner door handle (2) is pulled.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
screwdriver into the hole and turn it
to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
WARNING
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the trunk, or the
hood without using the smart key will
cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the trunk, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the trunk, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
✽ NOTICE
• Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key and
start the engine.
• When the system is disarmed but a
door or trunk is not opened within
30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
3-15
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
This system helps to protect your
vehicle and valuables. The horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights
will blink continuously if any of the
following occurs:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using
the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds,
then the system resets. To turn off
the alarm, unlock the doors with the
smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock
the doors and the trunk. For the system to activate, you must lock the
doors and the trunk from outside the
vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handles with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system while
the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
ODH043041
The Driver Position Memory System
is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation.
- Driver's seat position
- Side view mirror position
- Steering wheel position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position
and brightness
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is disconnected, the
position memory will be lost and
the driving positions must be
stored in the system again.
• If the Driver Position Memory
System does not operate normally,
have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Storing positions into memory
1. Check that the shift lever is in P
(Park) while the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position,
side view mirror position, steering
wheel position, instrument panel
illumination intensity and head-up
display height/brightness to positions comfortable for the driver.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you
"Press button to save settings"on
the LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds. The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored.
5.
ODH043156L/ODH043157L
"Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will
appear on the LCD display.
3-16
✽ NOTICE
1. Check that the shift lever is in P
(Park) while the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep
once, and then the driver's seat
position, side view mirror position,
steering wheel position, instrument panel illumination intensity
and head-up display height/brightness will automatically adjust to
the stored positions.
3.
• While recalling the "1" memory
position, pressing the SET or 1
button temporarily stops the
adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 2 button
recalls the "2" memory position.
• While recalling the "2" memory
position, pressing the SET or 2
button temporarily stops the
adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button
recalls the "1" memory position.
• While recalling the stored positions, pressing one of the control
buttons for the driver's seat, side
view mirror, steering wheel,
instrument panel illumination or
head-up display will cause the
movement of that component to
stop and move in the direction that
the control button is pressed.
ODH043158L/ODH043159L
Resetting the driver's seat
memory system
3
ODH035906
Take the following procedures to
reset the driver's seat memory system, when it does not operate properly.
"Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied" will
appear on the LCD display.
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling positions from memory
Convenient features of your vehicle
To reset the driver's seat memory system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position, set the
gear in P (Park), and open the driver's door.
2. Operate the control switch/lever to
set the driver's seat and seatback
to the foremost position.
3. Simultaneously press the SET
button and push forward the control lever over 2 seconds.
While resetting the driver's seat
memory system
1. It starts with the notification
sounds.
2. The driver's seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position
with the notification sounds.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notification sounds.
3-18
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notification sounds may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The control switch/lever is operated.
- The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
- The driving speed exceeds 3 km/h.
- The driver's door is closed.
After the resetting procedure, set the
driver's seat memory system for your
comfort.
CAUTION
• Reattempt to do the resetting
procedure again, when the
resetting procedure incompletely stops or the notification sounds do not stop.
• Make sure that there is no
obstacle around the driver's
seat in advance of resetting
the driver's seat memory system.
Easy access function
When exiting the vehicle, the steering
wheel will move away from the driver
and the seat will move rearward
when the engine is turned off.
When entering the vehicle, the steering wheel will move toward the driver
and the seat will move forward when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ACC position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Easy Access Function from the User
Settings Mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
STEERING WHEEL
✽ NOTICE
Tilt steering / Telescope steering
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the engine is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, we recommend
that the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after placing the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics is completed, the steering wheel will return
to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or
OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at stop or at a low
driving speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
Adjust the steering wheel so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument panel warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the
steering wheel before driving.
CAUTION
If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will
illuminate on the instrument
cluster. The steering wheel will
require increase effort. Take
your vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products and have the system
checked as soon as possible.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
3-19
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric power steering (EPS)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual type
Electric type
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
■ Type A
ODH044361N
ODH043043
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
• Move the switch (1) up and down
to adjust the angle (2).
• Move the switch forward or rearward to adjust the height (3).
CAUTION
Do not adjust the steering
wheel longer than necessary
when the engine is turned off.
This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
3-20
ODH044044N
■ Type B
ODH044127N
✽ NOTICE
■ LCD display
Horn
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes.
CAUTION
3
ODH043045
ODH043224L/ODH043226L
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the
steering wheel. The indicator on the
button will illuminate and notify you
on the LCD display.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator
on the button will turn off and notify
you on the LCD display.
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. This
cover or accessory could cause
damage to the heated steering
wheel system.
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the
rearview mirror to the center on the
view through the rear window.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
3-22
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
CAUTION
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror as that
may cause the liquid cleaner to
enter the mirror housing.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink® system,
compass and Genesis
Connected Services
(for U.S.A)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System. During
nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
(if equipped)
CAUTION
(1) Telematics button
(2) Telematics button
(3) Telematics button
(4) Compass control button &
Dimming ON/OFF button
(5) Status indicator LED
(6) Channel 1 button
(7) Channel 2 button
(8) Channel 3 button
(9) Compass display
(10) Rear light sensor
For more information regarding
NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
1. Pressing and holding the
button
for 3 seconds turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing and holding the
button
for 3 seconds again turns the
auto-dimming function ON which
is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
3-23
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH044046N
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring
light levels in the front and the
rear of the vehicle. Any object
that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic
dimming control feature.
Your mirror will automatically dim upon
detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming
function can be controlled by pressing
the Dimming ON/OFF button:
Convenient features of your vehicle
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the
button
within 1 second to turn the display
feature OFF.
2. Press and release the
button
again within 1 second to turn the
display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To compensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting based
on where you live.
B520C05NF
3-24
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
If you need to recalibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the
button for
more than 9 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared a "C"
will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the
button for 6
seconds, the current Zone
Number will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the
button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System can replace up to three
hand-held radio-frequency (RF)
transmitters with a single built-in
device. This innovative feature will
learn the radio frequency codes of
most current transmitters to operate
devices such as gate operators,
garage door openers, entry door
locks, security systems, even home
lighting. Both standard and rolling
code-equipped transmitters can be
programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information
can be found at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S. federal safety standards
(this includes any garage door
opener model manufactured
before April 1, 1982). A garage
door that cannot detect an object
- signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current
U.S. federal safety standards.
Using a garage door opener
without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or
death.
3-26
Programming HomeLink®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Programming
Flashing
ODH044413N
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons
( , ), HomeLink® Channel 1
and Channel 3, until the indicator
light begins to flash (after 10 seconds). Release both buttons. Do
not hold the buttons for longer
than 20 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
Flashing
ODH044414N
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
away from the HomeLink® button
you wish to program while keeping
the indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter buttons until the
HomeLink® indicator light changes
from a slow to a rapid blinking
light. Now you may release both
the HomeLink® and hand-held
transmitter buttons.
4. Firmly press, hold for 5 seconds and
release
the
programmed
HomeLink® button up to two separate times to activate the door. If the
door does not activate, press and
hold the just-trained HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light.
• If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete
and your device should activate
when the HomeLink® button is
pressed and released.
• If the indicator light blinks rapidly
for 2 seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
"Programming" steps 5-7 to complete the programming of a rolling
code equipped device (most commonly a garage door opener).
5. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
6. Firmly press and release the
"learn" or "smart" button. (The
name and color of the button vary
by manufacturer). There are 30
seconds to initiate step 7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for 2 seconds and
release
the
programmed
HomeLink® button. Repeat the
"press/hold/release" sequence a
second time, and, depending on
the brand of the garage door
opener (or other rolling code
equipped device), repeat this
sequence a third time to complete
the programming process.
HomeLink® should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
3-27
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Some devices may require you to
replace this Programming step 3
with procedures noted in the "Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming"
chapter. If the HomeLink® indicator
light does not change to a rapidly
blinking light after performing these
steps, contact HomeLink® at
www.homelink.com.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button (note steps 2
through 3 in the Programming portion
of this document) while you press
and re-press ("cycle") your handheld
transmitter every two seconds until
the frequency signal has been
learned. The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several
seconds upon successful training.
Operating HomeLink®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink® button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door
opener, gate operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.
3-28
Reprogramming a single HomeLink®
button
To program a device to HomeLink®
using a HomeLink® button previously
trained, follow these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® button. DO NOT
release the button.
2.The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing
the HomeLink® button, proceed
with "Programming" step 2.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three programmed buttons:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 10
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 20 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be programmed at any time following the
appropriate
steps
in
the
Programming chapters above.
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the
Gentex
Corporation,
Zeeland,
Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered
trademark owned by Johnson
Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLTLMHL4
IC: 4112A-TLMHL4
CAUTION
The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate
the device.
ODH044046N
For more details, please refer to the
Multimedia System Manual or DIS
Navigation System Manual that was
supplied with your vehicle.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with compass and HomeLink®
system (for Canada)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
3-29
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Genesis Connected Services
center (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
(if equipped)
CAUTION
ODH044412N
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Channel 1 button
Channel 2 button
Status indicator LED
Channel 3 button
Rear light sensor
Dimming ON/OFF button
Compass control button
Compass display
3-30
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring
light levels in the front and the
rear of the vehicle. Any object
that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic
dimming control feature.
For more information regarding
NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
The auto-dimming function can be
controlled by pressing the ON/OFF
button:
1. Pressing the button turns the autodimming function OFF which is
indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing the button again turns
the auto-dimming function ON
which is indicated by the green
Status Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the
button to
turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the
button
again to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To compensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting
based on where you live.
B520C05NF
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the
button for
more than 3 but less than 6 seconds, the current Zone Number
will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the
button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
3-32
If you need to recalibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the
button for
more than 6 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared a "C"
will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System can replace up to three handheld radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with a single built-in device. This
innovative feature will learn the radio
frequency codes of most current
transmitters to operate devices such
as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information
can be found at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
WARNING
Rolling code programming
Rolling code devices which are
"code-protected" and manufactured
after 1996 may be determined by the
following:
• Reference the device owner's
manual for verification.
• The handheld transmitter appears
to program the HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver but does not
activate the device.
• Press and hold the trained
HomeLink button. The device has
the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rapidly and then
turns solid after 2 seconds.
3-33
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Before programming HomeLink®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling
the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases the risk
of serious injury or death.
Programming HomeLink®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Convenient features of your vehicle
To train rolling code devices, follow
these instructions:
1. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door
opener brand. If there is difficulty
locating the training button, reference the device owner's manual or
please visit our Web site at
www.homelink.com.
2. Firmly press and release the
"learn" or "smart" button (which
activates the "training light"). You
will have 30 seconds to initiate
step 3.
3-34
3. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for two seconds and
then
release
the
desired
HomeLink® button. Repeat the
"press/hold/release" sequence a
second time to complete the programming. (Some devices may
require you to repeat this
sequence a third time to complete
the programming.)
4. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate.
5. To program the remaining two
HomeLink® buttons, follow either
steps 1 through 4 above for other
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
through 5 in Standard Programming
for standard devices.
Standard programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons,
HomeLink® Channel 1 and
Channel 3 Buttons, until the indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Release both buttons.
Do not hold the buttons for longer
than 30 seconds.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
away from the HomeLink® buttons
while keeping the indicator light in
view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT
release the buttons until step 4
has been completed.
4. While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED
will flash slowly and then rapidly
after HomeLink® successfully
trains to the frequency signal from
the hand-held transmitter. Release
both buttons.
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button (note
steps 2 through 4 in the Standard
Programming portion of this document) while you press and re-press
("cycle") your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
Operating HomeLink®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink® button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door
opener, gate operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink® button
To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink® button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® button. Do NOT
release until step 4 has been completed.
2. When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the handheld transmitter 1
to 3 inches away from the
HomeLink® surface.
3. Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button. The HomeLink®
indicator light will flash, first slowly
and then rapidly.
4. When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your new device should activate.
3-35
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate when
the HomeLink® button is pressed
and released.
6. To program the remaining two
HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2
through 5.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three programmed buttons:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash-after 20
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be programmed at any time following the
appropriate steps in the Programming
chapters above.
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
3-36
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Side View Mirrors
WARNING
ODH043047
The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate
the device.
Be sure to adjust mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
mirror heads can be folded to prevent damage during an automatic
car wash or when passing through a
narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the
surface of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with
ice, do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
ODH043048
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
R (passenger's side) button (1) to
select the rearview mirror you
would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Folding/Unfolding the side view
mirror
• The mirrors stop moving
when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the
motor may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
side view mirror by hand or
the motor may be damaged.
CAUTION
ODH043049
The side view mirror can be folded or
unfolded by pressing the switch
when:
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
- The door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
3-38
The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart key
in possession. (if equipped)
The electric type side view mirror operates even though the
Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
CAUTION
Do not fold the electric type
side view mirror by hand. It
could cause motor failure.
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
The side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions
if any of the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position
or the ACC position.
• The shift lever is moved to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control side view mirror switch is not selected.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043042
When you move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) position, the side view
mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid
with driving in reverse. The position
of the side view mirror switch (1)
determines whether or not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left)
or R (Right) switch is
selected, both side view
mirrors will move.
Neutral : When neither switch is
selected, the side view mirrors will not move.
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
ODH043026
3-40
✽ NOTICE
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position to be able to
raise or lower the windows. Each
door has a Power Window switch to
control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch
which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows
will operate for approximately 30
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is placed in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the Power Windows
cannot be operated even within the
30 second period.
• In cold and wet climates, power
windows may not work properly
due to freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) opened (or partially
opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation
noise. This noise is normal and can
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
occurs with one or both of the rear
windows down, partially lower
both front windows approximately
one inch. If you experience the
noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
Window opening and closing
3
ODH043027
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power windows
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window
✽ NOTICE
Automatic reverse
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
The automatic reverse feature is
only active when the “Auto Up” feature is used by fully pulling up the
switch to the second detent.
WARNING
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
3-42
ODH043136
If a window senses any obstacle while
it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 12 inches (30
cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal
will not operate.
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse
direction.
Power window lock switch
WARNING
ODH043028
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the power
window lock switch. The indicator will
be illuminated.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
• The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
• The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passengers'
power window.
• To prevent possible damage
to the power window system,
do not open or close two windows or more at the same
time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions
at the same time. If this is
done, the window will stop and
cannot be opened or closed.
3-43
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power window
lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional window operation by a child.
CAUTION
Convenient features of your vehicle
PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Sunshade
Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
ODH043034
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position before you can
open or close the sunroof.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
3-44
To prevent damage to the sunroof and the motor, do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is in
the fully open, closed or tilt
position(s).
ODH043035
• To open the sunshade, press the
sunshade control switch (1).
• To close the sunshade, press the
sunshade control switch (2). If you
press the switch when the sunroof
glass is opened, the sunroof glass
will close then the sunshade will
close.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momentarily.
Sliding the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
When the sunshade is opened
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
Tilting the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
3
✽ NOTICE
ODH043036
ODH043037
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunshade will slide all
the way open then the sunroof glass
will slide all the way open. To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, pull
or push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunshade will slide all
the way open then the sunroof glass
will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
Only the front glass of the panorama sunroof opens and closes.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic reverse
Closing the sunroof
WARNING
• Make sure heads, other body
ODH043038
ODH043039
Press the sunshade CLOSE button.
The sunroof glass will close then the
sunshade will close. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momentarily.
If the sunroof senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop to allow
the object to be cleared.
3-46
parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before
closing the sunroof to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught
between the sunroof glass
and the front glass channel
may not be detected by the
automatic reverse glass and
the glass will not stop and
reverse direction.
• To avoid serious injury or
death, do not extend your
head, arms or body outside
the sunroof while driving.
• A panorama sunroof is made
of glass, therefore it may break
in an accident. If you do not
have your seat belt on, you
may go through the broken
glass and get injured or killed.
For all passengers safety, have
an appropriate protection on
(ex. seat belt, CRS, etc.).
CAUTION
3. Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sunshade slides open and the sunroof
glass tilts. Then, release the lever.
4. Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until
the sunroof operates as follows:
Resetting the sunroof
• Periodically remove any dirt
Glass Tilt Close → Glass Slide Open
→ Glass Slide Close
ODH043040
✽ NOTICE
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the
followings)
- Battery is discharged or disconnected or the related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected.
- The one-touch sliding function of
the sunroof does not normally operate.
1. Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade completely.
2. Release the control lever.
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more details, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
3-47
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
that may accumulate on the
sunroof guide rail or between
the sunroof and roof panel.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is
below freezing or when the
sunroof is covered with snow
or ice, the motor could be
damaged.
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Closing the hood
Hood
Opening the hood
ODH044030CN
ODH043029
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
3-48
3. Raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch up (1) inside of
the hood center and lift the hood
(2). After it has been raised about
halfway, it will raise completely by
itself.
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the stay rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 30 cm from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is
secure.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood,
■ Inside
■ Outside
3
ODH043128
ODH043014L
To open:
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
2. Then do one of the following :
- Press the Smart Key Trunk
Unlock button for more than one
second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
- Use the mechanical key.
- Use the trunk release button.
3. Lift the trunk lid up.
To close:
Lower the trunk lid and press down
until it locks.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid completely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around hood
opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.
Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood
opened may cause a total loss
of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
Trunk
Non-Powered Trunk (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Power Trunk (if equipped)
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
Power Trunk. Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
ODH043017
CAUTION
ODH043015
To prevent damage to the trunk
lift cylinders and the attached
hardware, always close the
trunk before driving.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
ODH043018
ODH043016L
(1) Power Trunk Main Control button
(2) Power Trunk Open button
3-50
(3) Power Trunk Close button
(4) Power Trunk Lock button
To close:
Do one of the following:
- Press the Power Trunk Main
Control button (1) until the Power
Trunk is closed securely.
- Press the Close button (3) on the
trunk.
- Press the Lock button (4) on the
trunk while carrying the Smart Key
with all the vehicle’s doors closed.
All doors will lock and arm the theft
alarm system.
If you push a button or switch while
the trunk is opening or closing, it
could stop moving. Press any button
to operate the Power Trunk again.
✽ NOTICE
The Power Trunk Lock button will
not work if you press the button
when:
- Any door is open.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is
not in the OFF position.
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
WARNING
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might operate the power trunk that could
result in injury to themselves or
others, or damage to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid completely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
Power Trunk. Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
3-51
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
To open:
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
2. Then do one of the following:
- Press the Smart Key Trunk
Unlock button for more than one
second.
- Press the Open button (2) on the
trunk. You need the Smart Key in
your possession, when all doors
are locked.
- Press the Power Trunk Main
Control button (1).
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Do not close or open the Power
Trunk manually. This may
cause damage to the Power
Trunk. If it is necessary to close
or open the Power Trunk manually when the battery is drained
or disconnected, do not apply
excessive force.
• Do not leave the Power Trunk
open for a long period of time.
This may drain the battery.
• To prevent damage to the
trunk lift cylinders and the
attached hardware, always
close the trunk before driving.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
3-52
Power Trunk Non-Opening or
Closing Conditions:
• The Power Trunk will not open or
close automatically, when the vehicle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3
km/h).
• The Power Trunk can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However, the Power Trunk operation
consumes large amounts of vehicle
electric power. To prevent the battery from draining, do not operate it
excessively (e.g., more than
approximately 10 times repeatedly.)
• Do not modify or repair any part of
the Power Trunk by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Before jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
open the Power Trunk. Do not operate the Power Trunk when the vehicle is raised or this could cause the
Power Trunk to operate improperly.
• If there are obstacles such as snow
on the Power Trunk, it may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
ODH043019
Automatic stop and reverse
If, during power opening or closing,
the trunk is blocked by an object or
part of someone’s body, the power
trunk will detect the resistance and it
will stop movement or move to the
full open position to allow the object
to be cleared.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin or
soft, or the trunk is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and
reversal may not detect the resistance and the closing operation will
continue. Also, if the Power Trunk is
forced by a strong impact, the automatic stop and reversal may operate.
If the automatic stop and reverse feature operates more than twice during
one opening or closing operation, the
Power Trunk may stop at that position. If this occurs, close the trunk
manually and operate the trunk automatically again.
To prevent serious injury and
damage take the following precautions when operating the
power trunk:
- Keep all faces, hands, arms,
body parts and other objects
away from the path of the
power trunk.
- Do not intentionally place any
body parts or objects in the
path of the power trunk to
make sure the automatic stop
and reversal operates.
- Do not allow children to play
with the power trunk.
3
ODH043007
Trunk lid control button
When the trunk lid control button is
UNLOCK (button not pressed), the
power trunk can be controlled with
the power trunk main control button,
power trunk open, close button, and
the smart key.
When this trunk lid control button is
LOCK (button pressed), the power
trunk can be controlled using the
mechanical key of the smart key only.
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
To reset the power trunk
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the related fuse
has been replaced or disconnected,
reset the Power Trunk as follows:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
2. Close the trunk manually.
If the Power Trunk doesn't work properly after performing the above procedure, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Even though the trunk lid control button is LOCK (button pressed), the
trunk will still be propelled upward by
mechanical force if the trunk is manually opened more than 10 degrees
beyond the fully closed position. In
addition, if the trunk is manually
closed to the secondary latch position, the trunk will be electrically
moved to the fully latched position.
WARNING
Emergency trunk safety release
• Always keep the Trunk Lid
Control Button in the LOCK
(button pressed) position when
not in use. Serious injury or
death can result from unintentional operation by a child.
• Make sure heads, other body
parts or other obstacles are
safely out of the way before
operating the power trunk.
ODH043020
CAUTION
Close the trunk, and keep the
trunk lid control button in the
LOCK (button pressed) position
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash.
3-54
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever located inside the trunk. When
someone is inadvertently locked in
the trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk open.
WARNING
• You and your passengers
Smart trunk (if equipped)
3
ODH043022
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the trunk can be opened with
no-touch activation using the Smart
Trunk system.
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
must be aware of the location
of the Emergency Trunk
Safety Release lever in this
vehicle and how to open the
trunk in case you are accidentally locked in the trunk.
• NEVER allow anyone to occupy the trunk of the vehicle at
any time. If the trunk is partially or totally latched and the
person is unable to get out,
serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventilation, exhaust fumes and rapid
heat build-up, or because of
exposure to cold weather conditions. The trunk is also a
highly dangerous location in
the event of a crash because it
is not a protected occupant
space but is a part of the vehicle’s crush zone.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Your vehicle should be kept
locked and the Smart Key
should be kept out of the reach
of children. Parents should
teach their children about the
dangers of playing in trunks.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only.
Convenient features of your vehicle
How to use the Smart Trunk
The trunk can be opened with notouch activation satisfying all the
conditions below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
• The Smart Trunk does not operate
when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is continuously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and within 60
inches (1.5 m) from the front
door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
3-56
ODH043290L
ODH043021N
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk, go to
User Settings Mode and select
Smart Trunk on the LCD display.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you the smart key has
been detected and the trunk will open.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
✽ NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the trunk to open.
If you have unintentionally entered
the detecting area and the hazard
warning lights and chime starts to
operate, leave the detecting area
with the smart key. The trunk will
stay closed.
WARNING
• Make sure you close the trunk
How to deactivate the Smart
Trunk function using the smart
key
before driving your vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the trunk will slowly open.
3
ODH046443N
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk open
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk function
for emergency situations.
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043023L
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
trunk.
• Make sure objects in the trunk
do not come out when opening the trunk on a slope. It
may cause serious injury.
• Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Trunk when washing
your vehicle. Otherwise, the
trunk may open inadvertently.
• The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children
may inadvertently open the
Smart Trunk while playing
around the rear area of the
vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Trunk function
will be deactivated temporarily.
But, if you do not open any door
for 30 seconds, the smart trunk
function will be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the
trunk opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or trunk open button (3) when
the Smart Trunk function is not in
the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart trunk function will not be
deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Trunk function by pressing
the smart key button and opened a
door, the smart trunk function can
be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
3-58
✽ NOTICE
Detecting area
ODH043025N
• The Smart Trunk operates with a
welcome alert if the smart key is
detected within 20~40 inches
(50~100 cm) from the trunk.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
• The Smart Trunk function will not
work if any of the following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked
on a slope or unpaved road, etc.
Closing the fuel filler door
Fuel filler door
Opening the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
WARNING
ODH043031
The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pushing
the fuel filler door opener button.
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Push the fuel filler door opener
button.
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to
fully open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door. Do not
pry on the door. If necessary, spray
around the door with an approved
de-icer fluid (do not use radiator
anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043032
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against
any item or fabric capable of
producing static electricity.
Static electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire. If you must re-enter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle, away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
3-60
(Continued)
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When refueling, always move
the shift lever to the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
(Continued)
✽ NOTICE
Emergency fuel filler door release
• Make sure to refuel your
vehicle according to the "Fuel
Requirements" suggested in the
Introduction chapter.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
fuel spilled on painted surfaces
may damage the paint.
3
CAUTION
If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a
Genesis/Hyundai cap or the
equivalent specified for your
vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler
cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or
emission control system.
ODH043033
If the fuel filler door does not open
using the remote fuel filler door
release button, you can open it manually. Pull the handle of the release
located on the left side of the luggage compartment outward slightly.
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Convenient features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
■ Type B
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including Trip computer)
For more details, refer to the "Gauges"
in this chapter.
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODH043051N/ODH043052N
3-62
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043228L
ODH043053
When the Engine Start Stop button is
in the ON position, press the illumination control button to adjust the instrument panel illumination intensity and
AVN monitor illumination intensity.
When the vehicle's parking lights or
headlights are on, the interior switch
illumination intensity is adjusted
additionally by pressing the control
button.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Tachometer
Gauges
Speedometer
■ Type B
ODH043064
(1)
: MODE button for changing
modes
(2) ▲, ▼ : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the
selected item
(4)
: BACK button for moving to
upper level menu (if equipped)
For more information on LCD
modes, refer to "LCD Display" in
the next pages of this chapter.
3-64
ODH043055
ODH043054N
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
CAUTION
Fuel Gauge
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may
damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the
Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
3
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the
engine is running.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn.
Wait until the engine is cool
before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043057
ODH043056
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging the catalytic
converter.
3-66
Odometer
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH046060N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles
or kilometers.
Outside Temperature Gauge
■ Type A
■ Type B
- User Settings Mode in the Cluster :
You can change the temperature
unit in the "Other Features Temperature unit".
- Automatic climate control system :
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.
Automatic Transmission Shift
Indicator
■ Type A
3
ODH046058N
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.
The temperature unit (from °C to °F
or from °F to °C) can be changed as
below procedures.
And, the temperature unit of the cluster and AVN monitor is changed at
the same time.
ODH046059N
This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is
selected.
•
•
•
•
•
Park : P
Reverse : R
Neutral : N
Drive : D
Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Type B
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Modes
Symbol
Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Trip Computer
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT)
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC)
and Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
ASCC/LKAS
(if equipped)
For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC)" and
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) in chapter 5.
A/V
Information
User Settings
This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
or
This mode informs of the tire pressure information, service interval (mileage or days)
and warning messages related to the advanced smart cruise control system,
pre-active seat belt, and so on.
On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.
For more information on controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in the previous pages of
this chapter.
3-68
Cannot edit settings while driving
Quick guide (Help)
Trip Computer Mode
3
This warning message illuminates if
you try to select the other User
Settings item except Head-up display item when driving.
For safety, change the User Settings
after parking the vehicle and moving
the shift lever to P (Park) position.
ODH045283N
ODH043306N
If you press and hold the OK button
in the User Settings Mode, explanation about the selected item is displayed in the cluster.
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy,
and so on.
For more details, refer to "Trip
Computer" in this chapter.
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043267L
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode
(if equipped)
ODH043274N
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
ASCC/LKAS Mode (if equipped)
ODH053081N
ODH044415L
This mode displays the state of the
Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) and Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS).
This mode displays the state of the
A/V system.
For more details, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC)" and "Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS)" in chapter
5.
3-70
A/V Mode
Information Mode
Tire pressure information
Service Interval
3
ODH043277N
ODH063029L
This mode informs of tire pressure
information.
Service in
It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance
service (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30
days, "Service in" message is displayed for several seconds each time
you set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already
inputted service interval, "Service
required" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted before:
- Press the OK button for more than
1 second
For the setting of the service interval, refer to "User Settings Mode"
of the LCD display.
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043406N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Warning Message
ODH043405L
Service in OFF
If the service interval is not set,
"Service in OFF" message is displayed on the LCD display.
✽ NOTICE
If any of the following conditions
occurs, the mileage and days may be
incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
3-72
If one of followings occurs, warning
messages will be displayed on the
information mode for several seconds.
- Malfunction of below systems
• Blind Spot Detection (BSD)
• Pre-active Seat Belt (PSB)
• Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)
• Active Hood System
• Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC)
• Haptic Steering Wheel
• Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS)
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
• Automatic Emergency Braking
- Low washer fluid
- Low fuel etc.
User Settings Mode
On this mode, you can change setting of the Head Up display, the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so on.
Head Up Display (if equipped)
Items
Head-Up Display (HUD)
Brightness
Content Select
3
• On : Activate the Head Up Display.
• Off : Deactivate the Head Up Display.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Display Height
Explanation
Adjust the height of the HUD image on the windshield glass.
Adjust the intensity of the HUD illumination.
Activate or deactivate each contents of the HUD.
• Turn by Turn
• Traffic Information
• Smart Cruise control
• Lane Keep Assist System
• Blind Spot Detection
Speed Size
Choose the speedometer font size of the HUD. (Large, Medium, Small)
Speed Color
Choose the speedometer font color of the HUD. (White, Orange, Green)
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving Assist
Items
Explanation
• Pre-departure mode : To activate the pre-departure mode of LKAS function
LKAS
• Post-departure mode : To activate the post-departure mode of LKAS function
(Lane Keeping Assist System)
For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)" in chapter 5.
AEB (Automatic Emergency To activate or deactivate the AEB system.
Braking)
For more details, refer to "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)" in chapter 5.
RCTA
(Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
3-74
To activate or deactivate the RCTA system.
For more details, refer to "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" in chapter 5.
Door/Trunk
Items
Explanation
Automatically Lock
• Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph
(15km/h).
• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is
shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
position.
Lock/Unlock Sound
To activate or deactivate the lock sound when locking doors.
To activate or deactivate the Smart Trunk system.
Smart Trunk
For more details, refer to "Smart Trunk" in this chapter.
Two Press Unlock
• OFF : The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door
is unlocked.
• ON : The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked. When the door is unlocked again within
4 seconds, all doors will unlock.
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatically Unlock
• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set to
the OFF position.
• Driver Door Unlock: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked.
• On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission shift lever is
shifted to the P (Park) position.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lights
Items
Explanation
One Touch Turn Signal
• Off : The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
Ambient Light
Head Lamp Delay
• Off : The ambient light of interior will turn off.
• Auto : The ambient light of interior will turn automatically on or off.
• On : The ambient light of interior will turn on.
• On : The head lamp delay function will be activated.
• Off : The headlamp delay function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
Welcome Light
• On : The welcome light function will be activated.
• Off : The welcome light function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.
3-76
Sound
Items
Park Assist System vol.
Explanation
• Adjust the Park Assist System volume. (Level 1~3)
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) • Off : The BSD sound function will be deactivated.
Sound
• On : The BSD sound function will be activated.
• Off : The welcome sound function will be deactivated.
• On : The welcome sound function will be activated.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Welcome Sound
3
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
Seat/Steering
Items
Seat Easy Access
Explanation
• Off : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
• Normal/Extended :
- When you turn off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or
long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
- If you change the Engine Start/Stop button from OFF position to the ACC, ON, or START position,
the driver’s seat will return to the original position.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
Steering Easy Access
• On : The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit
the vehicle comfortably.
• Off : The steering easy access function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
Steering Position
• Off : The steering position function will be deactivated.
• On : The steering position function will be activated.
Service Interval
3-78
Items
Explanation
Service Interval
On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period
(months).
• Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.
• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).
Other Features
Items
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
Explanation
• Off :
The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
• On (Auto Reset) :
The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.
3
Traffic Information
Wiper/Lights Display
Fuel Economy Unit
Convenient features of your vehicle
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
• Off : The traffic information will not be displayed on the LCD display.
• On : The LCD display will show traffic information.
• Off : The wiper/lights information will not be displayed on the LCD display.
• On : The LCD display will shortly show the selected wiper/lights information.
Choose the fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK gallon)
Temperature Unit
Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Tire Pressure Unit
Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, Bar)
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Warning Messages
(if equipped)
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine
ODH043214L
• This warning message illuminates
if you try to start the engine with
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position.
✽ NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
3-80
Shift to "P" position
Press START button again
ODH043210L
ODH043212L
• This message illuminates if you try
to turn off the engine without the
shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
• This message illuminates if you
can not operate the Engine Start/
Stop button when there is a problem with the Engine Start/Stop button system.
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button once more.
• If this warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine Start/
Stop button, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Press brake pedal to start engine
Press START button with smart
key
Low Key Battery
3
ODH043206L
ODH043204L
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the warning message
"Key not detected" is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
• This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is
discharged when the Engine Start/
Stop button changes to the OFF
position.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043208L
• This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Key not detected
Key not in vehicle
Align steering wheel
ODH043202L
ODH043200L
ODH043240L/ODH043238L
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected
when you press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
• This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned to more
than 90 degrees to the left or right.
• It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.
3-82
Steering wheel aligning is completed
Heated Steering Wheel On
Heated Steering Wheel Off
3
• If the steering wheel aligning is
completed after "Align steering
wheel" warning message is displayed, this message is displayed
for 2 seconds.
ODH043224L
ODH043226L
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn on the heated steering
wheel.
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the heated steering
wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated
Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
For more details, refer to "Heated
Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043244L
Convenient features of your vehicle
Door / Hood / Trunk Open
Sunroof Open
Window Open
ODH043218
ODH043220L
ODH043222L
• It means that any door, hood, or
trunk is open.
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine when the
sunroof is open.
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine when any
window is open.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/
hood/trunk is fully closed.
Also, check there is no door/
hood/trunk open warning light
or message displayed on the
instrument cluster.
3-84
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"
Low Tire Pressure
3
ODH043234L
ODH043232L
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch under the steering wheel is OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
• This warning message illuminates
if the tire pressure is low with the
Engine Start/Stop button in ON
position.
For more details, refer to "Fuses"
in chapter 7.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043216L
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Washer Fluid
Check BSD System (if equipped)
Check PSB
ODH043246L
ODH053127L
ODH043254L
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) system. And the BSD system will be
automatically deactivated. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Pre-active Seat Belt (PSB) system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Blind
Spot Detection (BSD) System" in
chapter 5.
3-86
For more details, refer to "Seat
Belt" in chapter 2.
✽ NOTICE - ECS Warning
Check ECS
Check SCC radar
Message
When there is a malfunction with
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), the Electronic Control
Suspension (ECS) warning message
may illuminate as well as the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Indicator Light.
3
ODH053151L
If the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such as
snow, the message will appear.
Clean the sensor or cover by using a
soft cloth.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)" in chapter 5.
For more details, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
System" in chapter 5.
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043242L
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check SCC System
Check Active Air Flap System
Check Active Hood System
ODH043250L
ODH043236L
ODH043248L
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
advanced smart cruise control system. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• This warning message illuminates if
any of following conditions occurs.
- There is a malfunction with the
active air flap system.
- A foreign substance is stuck in
the air flap.
- The air flap is frozen.
• This warning message illuminates
if the active hood system has a
malfunction.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
System" in chapter 5.
✽ NOTICE
The warning message "Check
Active Air Flap System" may not be
displayed immediately in colder climates.
3-88
Check AEB system
Low Fuel
Engine has overheated
3
ODH043256L
ODH043258L
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuel tank is nearly empty.
- When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminates.
- When the trip computer displays
"--- mile (or km)" as distance to
empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
• This warning message illuminates
when the engine coolant temperature is above 248 °F (120 °C). This
means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
For more details, refer to
"Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) System" in chapter 5.
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043252L
• This warning message illuminates
if the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such
as snow. Clean the sensor or cover
by using a soft cloth.
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Convenient features of your vehicle
TRIP COMPUTER
Overview
Description
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving.
Trip Modes
FUEL ECONOMY
• Distance To Empty
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
✽ NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
TRIP A
• Tripmeter [A]
• Average Vehicle Speed [A]
• Elapsed Time [A]
TRIP B
• Tripmeter [B]
• Average Vehicle Speed [B]
• Elapsed Time [B]
Digital Speedometer
3-90
To change the trip mode, rotate the
MOVE switch "▲ , ▼" on the steering
wheel.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display Control" in this chapter
Trip A/B
✽ NOTICE
If you reset one of the tripmeter,
elapsed time, and average vehicle
speed, they will be reset all together.
Average Vehicle Speed (2)
• The tripmeter is the total driving
distance since the last tripmeter
reset.
- Distance range:
0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. or km
• To reset the tripmeter, press the
OK button on the steering wheel
for more than 1 second when the
tripmeter is displayed.
• The average vehicle speed is calculated by the total driving distance and driving time since the
last average vehicle speed reset.
- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 MPH or km/h
• To reset the average vehicle
speed, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average vehicle
speed is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
• The average vehicle speed is not
displayed if the driving distance
has been less than 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the Engine Start/Stop
button was turned to ON.
• Even if the vehicle is not in
motion, the average vehicle speed
keeps calculating while the engine
is running.
3-91
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043306N
Tripmeter (1)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Elapsed Time (3)
Distance To Empty (1)
Fuel Economy
• The elapsed time is the total driving time since the last elapsed time
reset.
- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59
• To reset the elapsed time, press the
OK button on the steering wheel for
more than 1 second when the
elapsed time is displayed.
• The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 999 mi. or
1 ~ 999 km
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "---" as distance to empty.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the elapsed time keeps calculating
while the engine is running.
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6
gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added
to the vehicle.
• The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
3-92
ODH043271N
Average Fuel Economy (2)
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
For more details on the OK button,
refer to the "LCD Display Control"
in this chapter.
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
be reset automatically whenever refueling, select the "Auto Reset" mode in
User Setting menu of the LCD display
(Refer to "LCD Display").
Under "Auto Reset" mode, the average fuel economy will be cleared to
zero (---) when the vehicle speed
exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).
Instant Fuel Economy (3)
• This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is
more than 6.2 MPH (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:
0 ~ 50 MPG or 0 ~ 30 L/100km
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
- Fuel economy range:
0.0 ~ 99.9 MPG or L/100km
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.
✽ NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not displayed for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned to ON.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
One time driving information
mode
Digital Speedometer
ODH046433N
This message shows the speed of
the vehicle (km/h, MPH).
3-94
ODH043310N
This display shows trip distance (1),
average fuel economy (2) and the
vehicle can be driven with the
remaining fuel (3).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
engine and then goes off automatically. The information provided is calculated according to each trip.
If the estimated distance is below
1mi. (1km), the distance to empty (3)
will display as "---" and a refuel message will appear (4).
✽ NOTICE
If "Window Open or Sunroof
Open" warning message are displayed in the cluster, this display
may not be displayed in the cluster.
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning lights
✽ NOTICE
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the engine. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
Supplemental Restraint
System Warning Light
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to the "Seat
Belts" in chapter 2.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds.
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
3-96
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to "Brake
Fluid" in chapter 7). Then check
all brake components for fluid
leaks. If any leak on the brake system is still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Brake force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
3-97
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Electronic Brake force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
3-98
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and
the steering effort may increase or
decrease.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Power
Steering (EPS)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
CAUTION
Gasoline Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Charging System
Warning Light
If this warning light comes on while
the engine is running, the battery is
not being charged. Immediately turn
off all electrical accessories. Try not
to use electrically operated controls,
such as the power windows. Keep the
engine running; starting the engine
will quickly discharge the battery.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
3-99
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the or Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
CAUTION
Convenient features of your vehicle
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is
low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter
7). If the level is low, add oil as
required. If the warning light
remains on after adding oil and
restarting the engine or if oil is not
available, turn off the engine.
There is a mechanical problem
that needs to be repaired before
you can continue driving. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
3-100
CAUTION
Engine Oil Pressure Warning
light
To prevent severe engine damage, after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illuminated and as soon as it is
safe to do so, turn the engine
off and check the oil level.
If the oil level is low, fill the
engine oil to the proper level
and start the engine again. If
the light stays on with the
engine running, turn the engine
off immediately.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually with
light force, and slowly move to
a safe position off the road.
Door Ajar Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely.
3
Trunk Open Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the trunk lid is not closed
securely.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated (The
location of the underinflated tires
are displayed on the LCD display).
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeats blinking and off at
the intervals of approximately 3
seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning
Light (if equipped)
EPB
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability
control (ESC) Indicator Light comes
on to indicates that the ESC is not
working properly (This does not
indicate malfunction of the EPB).
3-102
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) Warning
light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When the AEB system is turned off.
• When the radar or its cover is
stained. Remove the stains with a
soft cloth.
• When there is a malfunction with
AEB. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Master Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates
• When there is a malfunction on the
pre-active seat belt, low washer,
electronic control suspension, or
advanced smart cruise control. To
identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
Indicator Lights
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.
3-103
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehicle while the Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
"Starting the Engine" in chapter
5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
3-104
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal light
on.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
If any of the following occurs, there
may a malfunction with the turn signal system. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
Smart High Beam indicator
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the Smart High
Beam system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "Smart
High Beam" in this chapter.
Light ON Indicator
Light
Cruise Indicator Light
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light (if equipped)
CRUISE
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
For more details, refer to "Cruise
Control System" in chapter 5.
Cruise SET Indicator
Light
SET
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is
set.
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold system activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Auto
Hold" in chapter 5.
For more details, refer to "Cruise
Control System" in chapter 5.
3-105
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front Fog Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
AUTO
HOLD
Convenient features of your vehicle
SPORT/SNOW Mode
Indicator Light
SPORT
SNOW
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select "SPORT/SNOW"
mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
3-106
ECO mode indicator
Light
ECO
This indicator light illuminates :
• When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
WARNING
Do not watch the ECO indicator
light while driving. This will distract you and may cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury.
LKAS (Lane Keeping
Assistant System)
indicator (if equipped)
The LKAS indicator will illuminate
when you turn the lane keeping
assistant system on by pressing the
LKAS button.
If there is a problem with the system,
the yellow LKAS indicator will illuminate.
For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assistant System (LKAS)"
in chapter 5.
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Description
The head up display is a transparent
display which projects a shadow of
some information of the instrument
cluster and navigation on the windshield glass.
WARNING
Head Up Display
• Do not tint the front windshield glass or add other
types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the head up display image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories
on the crash pad or attach any
objects on the windshield
glass.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
• When the head up display needs
inspection or repair, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
3-107
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH044065N
• The head up display image on the
windshield glass may be invisible
when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover of
the head up display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned
on inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing glasses.
• If the head up display image is not
shown well, adjust the height or
illumination of the head up display
in the LCD display.
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Head Up Display ON/OFF
Head Up Display Information
When replacing the front windshield glass of the vehicles
equipped with the head up display, replace it with a windshield glass designed for the
head up display operation.
Otherwise, duplicated images
may be displayed on the windshield glass.
3-108
ODH045283N
ODH043312N
To activate the head up display,
select "Head-up Display" on the
"User Settings Mode" in the cluster.
If you do not select "Head-up
Display", the head up display will be
deactivated.
1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation
information
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed
5. Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) information (if equipped)
6. Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) information (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
If you select the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information as
HUD contents, the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information will
not be displayed on the LCD
Display.
Head Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as follows.
1. Head up display ON/OFF
2. Display height
3. Rotation
4. Illumination
5. Contents setting
6. Speedometer number size
7. Speedometer number color
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
7. Blind Spot Detection (BSD) system information (if equipped)
8. Warning lights (Low fuel)
9. Audio/Video information
On the "User settings Mode" of the
LCD display, you can activate or
deactivate the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation, smart cruise control
(scc), Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS), and Blind Spot Detection
(BSD) system information.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHT
Exterior lights
Lighting control
CAUTION
• Do not cover or spill anything
ODH044073N
ODH044171N
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) DRL OFF position
(2) AUTO light position
(3) Parking lamp position
(4) Headlamp position
3-110
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light
outside the vehicle.
Even with the AUTO light feature in
operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the lamps when
driving at night or in a fog, or when
you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.
on the sensor (1) located on
the instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic
coating on the front windshield, the AUTO light system
may not work properly.
High beam operation
3
ODH044173N
Parking lamp position (
)
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are
turned ON.
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel
lamp are turned ON.
✽ NOTICE
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position to turn on the
headlamp.
ODH044175N
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching
you. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH044172N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart High Beam
(if equipped)
ODH044174N
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
3-112
ODH043135N
The Smart High Beam is a system
that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The smart high beam ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3. The Smart High Beam will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 28
mph (45km/h).
• If the lever is pushed away when
the Smart High Beam is operating,
the Smart High Beam will turn off
and the high beam will be on continuously. The smart high beam
( ) indicator will turn off.
• If the lever is pulled towards you
when the Smart High Beam is
operating, the Smart High Beam
will turn off.
4. If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp position, the Smart
High Beam will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
CAUTION
The system may not operate normally in the below conditions.
• When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp damage, hidden from sight, etc.
• When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
• When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is covered with foreign matters such
as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
• When there is a similar shape
lamp with the front vehicle’s
lamps.
• When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain or snow.
• When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized dealer.
(continued)
(continued)
• When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
• When driving on a narrow
curved road or rough road.
• When driving downhill or uphill.
• When only part of the vehicle
in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
• When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign
or mirror.
• When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
• When the front vehicle's headlamps are off but the fog lamps
on.
• When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
• When the LKAS (Lane keeping Assist System) warning
light illuminates. (if equipped)
3-113
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
The high beam switches to low beam
in the below conditions.
- When the Smart High Beam is off.
- When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
- When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
- When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
- When the surrounding is bright
enough high beams are not needed.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When vehicle speed is below 22
mph (35km/h).
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Turn signals and lane change
signals
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the windshield.
• Have the windshield glass
•
•
•
•
replaced from an authorized
dealer.
Do not remove or impact related parts of the Smart High
Beam system.
Be careful that water doesn't
get into the Smart High Beam
unit.
Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
At times, the Smart High
Beam system may not work
properly, always check the
road conditions for your safety. When the system does not
operate normally, manually
change between the high
beam and low beam.
3-114
ODH044176N
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A). To signal a lane
change, move the turn signal lever
slightly and hold it in position (B). The
lever will return to the OFF position
when released or when the turn is
completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
Onetouch turn signal function
(if equipped)
To activate an One Touch Turn Signal
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) from the User Settings Mode
(Light) on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
Front fog lamp (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lamps
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lamps when visibility is poor.
Battery saver function
If you place the Engine Start/Stop
button in to the ACC or OFF position
with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) remain
on for about 5 minutes. However,
with the engine off if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are
turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the smart key
twice or turning the light switch to the
OFF or AUTO position. However, if
you turn the light switch to the AUTO
position when it is dark outside, the
headlamps will not be turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
User Settings Mode (Light) on the
LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
3-115
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043177N
Use the switch next to the headlamp
switch to turn the Fog Lights ON and
OFF. The fog lamps will turn on when
the fog lamp switch (1) is turned to
the ON position after the headlamps
are turned on.
To turn off the fog lamps, turn the
switch to the OFF position.
You can use the fog lamps only when
the headlamps are on low beam.
When the light switch is in the AUTO
position, you can also use the fog
lamps when the headlamps turn on
automatically. The fog lamps will go
OFF when the headlamps turn OFF.
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the engine off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
when the engine is turned off, perform
the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and
ON again using the light switch on
the steering column.
Headlamp delay function
(if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except driver's
door), the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlamp
delay function does not turn off
automatically. Therefore, It causes
the battery to be discharged. In this
case, make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
3-116
Daytime running light (DRL)
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day, especially after dawn and before
sunset.
for U.S.A
The DRL will turn off when:
1. The light switch is not in the AUTO
position.
2. The parking brake is applied.
3. The engine is turned off.
4. The hazard warning flasher is on.
5. You turn the turn signal light on.
- If you turn on the turn signal
light, only the corresponding
daytime running lights will turn
off.
for Canada
The DRL will turn off when:
1. The light switch is in the headlamp
position, including the operation
that the headlamp is turned on
automatically in the AUTO light
position.
2. The parking brake is applied.
3. The engine is turned off.
4. The hazard warning flasher is on.
5. You turn the turn signal light on.
- If you turn on the turn signal
light, only the corresponding
daytime running lights will turn
off.
- If you turn on turn signal light
with the position light turned on,
the daytime running lights will
turn off but the position light
remains on.
Headlamp leveling device
(if equipped)
Headlamp washer (if equipped)
Washer fluid will be sprayed on the
headlamps at the same time you
operate the windshield washer when:
1. The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
2. The light switch is in the headlamp
position (low beam).
✽ NOTICE
• Check the headlamp washers periodically to confirm that the washer fluid is being sprayed properly
onto the headlamp lenses.
• The headlamp washer can be
operated 15 minutes after the last
operation.
ODH043134
Puddle lamp
When all the doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for about 15 seconds if
any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
• When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
(if equipped)
Also, if the side view mirror folding
switch is in the AUTO position, the
outside rearview mirror will unfold
automatically.
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the door handle
lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
• When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
3-117
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatically adjusts the headlamp
beam level according to the number
of passengers and loading weight in
the luggage area.
If the Headlight Leveling Device is
not working properly have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Welcome system (if equipped)
Welcome light (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Headlamp and Parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in
the headlamp or AUTO position) is
on and all doors (and trunk) are
locked and closed, the parking lamp
and headlamp will come on for 15
seconds if/or any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
parking lamp and headlamp will turn
off immediately.
You can activate or deactivate the
Welcome Light from the User
Settings Mode (Light) on the LCD
display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
3-118
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
trunk) are closed and locked, the
room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
room lamp will turn off immediately.
Interior lights
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the
engine is turned off or the battery will discharge.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
interior lights may obscure your
view and cause an accident.
Front lamps
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors closed. If a door is opened, the
lamp will go off 40 minutes after the
engine is turned off. If the doors are
locked by the smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the
theft alarm system, the lamps will go
off five seconds later.
■ Type A
Front Map Lamp (
):
Press either of these buttons to turn
the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient
use as a map lamp at night or as a
personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
ODH043363
■ Type B
ODH043074
(1) Front Map Lamp
(2) Front Door Lamp
(3) Front Room Lamp
Front Door Lamp (
):
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or
not. When doors are unlocked by the
Smart Key, the front and rear lamps
come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not
opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is
closed. However, if the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or
all doors are locked, the front and
rear lamps will turn off.
3-119
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Interior lamp AUTO cut
Convenient features of your vehicle
If a door is opened with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ACC position
or the OFF position, the front and
rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
Rear lamps
Trunk room lamp (if equipped)
■ Type A
Front Room Lamp ( ):
Press this button to turn the front and
rear room lamps on and off.
ODH043364
■ Type B
ODH043076
The trunk room lamp comes on
when the trunk is opened.
CAUTION
ODH043075
Rear Room Lamp (
):
Press this button to turn the room
lamp on and off.
3-120
The trunk lamp comes on as
long as the trunk lid is open. To
prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the trunk lid
securely after using the trunk.
Door courtesy lamp
Glove box lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
3
ODH043078
ODH043356
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the
lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
CAUTION
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the
glove box securely after using
the glove box.
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the vanity mirror cover after using the
mirror.
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043077
The door courtesy lamp comes ON
when the door is opened to assist
entering or exiting the vehicle. It also
serves as a warning to passing vehicles that the vehicle door is open.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the OFF or ACC position, the door
courtesy lamp turns off after 20 minutes.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Puddle lamp
ODH043355
Welcome light
When all doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for 15 seconds if the
door is unlocked by the smart key or
outside door handle button.
For more details, refer to
"Welcome System" in this chapter.
3-122
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position and the driver's
door is opened, the puddle lamp will
come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30
seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off
after 15 seconds. If the driver's door
is closed and locked, the puddle
lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will
turn on only the first time the driver's
door is opened after the engine is
turned off.
WIPERS AND WASHERS
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· AUTO – Automatic control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Auto control wipe time adjustment
✽ NOTICE
Operates as follows when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
AUTO : The rain sensor located on
the upper end of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it
rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain
stops, the wiper stops.To
vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (B).
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/
or ice before using the wiper and
washer, it may damage the wiper
and washer system.
C : Wash with brief wipes
3-123
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH044178N
Windshield wipers
Convenient features of your vehicle
AUTO (Automatic) control
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls the
wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The more it rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain stops, the
wiper stops. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the wiper will
operate once to perform a self-check
of the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
3-124
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
CAUTION
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF
position to stop the auto wiper
operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the
switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor
cover located on the upper
end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to
system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
WARNING
ODH044079N
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and
wiper operation will continue until you
release the lever. If the washer does
not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.
When the outside temperature is
below freezing, ALWAYS warm
the windshield using the
defroster to prevent the washer
fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage
to the washer pump, do not
operate the washer when the
fluid reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer
fluids in the winter season or
cold weather.
3-125
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
If equipped with the Headlamp
Washer, washer fluid will be sprayed
on the headlamp at the same time
you operate the windshield washer
when:
1. The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
2. The light switch is in the headlamp
position.
Windshield washers
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
This is a supplemental system that
shows behind the vehicle through the
navigation display while backing-up.
Rear view camera
WARNING
ODH043072L
The Rear View Camera is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the Rear
View Camera when backingup.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
✽ NOTICE
ODH043071L
The Rear View Camera will activate
when the engine is running and the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
3-126
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
matter.
The Parking Guide System is not a
substitute for proper and safe parking procedures. The Parking Guide
System may not detect every object
surrounding the vehicle.
Always drive safely and use caution
when parking.
Parking Guide System
(if equipped)
Parking Guide System (PGS)
display
3
ODH043072L
This is a supplementary system. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
area around the vehicle when
parking the vehicle.
ODH043408L
1. Changing rear view angle
Changes the view angle of the rear
camera. (Top View ↔ Normal View)
2. Parking guide line
According to the steering angle,
the parking guide line is displayed
to help parking.
ODH043071L
The Parking Guide System (PGS)
will activate when the back-up light is
ON with the Engine Start/Stop button
ON and the shift lever in the R
(Reverse) position.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Changing rear view angle
1. Top view
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the rear
ODH043409L
When Top View is selected, the rear
view angle is displayed as if looking
down from above.
2. Normal view
view display when backingup.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
Parking Assist System
(if equipped)
■ Front
Sensor
ODH043066
■ Rear
ODH043410L
When Normal View is selected, the
rear view angle is displayed in a customary view with a normal rear view
perspective.
✽ NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
matter.
Sensor
ODH043067L
The Parking Assist System assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39 inches (100 cm ) in front and 47 inches
(120 cm) behind the vehicle.
3-128
This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Operation of the Parking Assist
System
■ Type A
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehi-
ODH044068N
■ Type B
ODH044129N
3-129
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
cle to make sure there are not
any objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven close
to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Operating condition
- When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position
- When the shift lever is in D or R
position
- When the vehicle speed is not over
6 mph (10 km/h)
Push the parking assist system button to the ON position to operate the
parking assist system. The indicator
in the button turns on.
To cancel the system, push the button again. The indicator in the button
turns off.
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The system will operate automatically every time the vehicle speed
is below 6 mph (10 km/h) with the
system switched on.
• When you move the shift lever to R
position with the system switched
off, the indicator in the button will
turn on and the system will operate
automatically regardless of button
status. However, if the vehicle
speed exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h)
when driving forward, the indicator
in the button will turn off. The system will not automatically operate
again even if vehicle speed returns
to 6 mph (10 km/h).
To turn on the system, press the
parking assist system button.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sound and indicator
inches (cm)
Distance
from object
39 ~ 24
(100~61)
Front
47 ~ 24
(120 ~ 61)
Rear
24 ~ 12
(60 ~ 31)
12
(30)
Warning indicator
When driving
forward
-
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Front
Rear
Warning sound
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Front
Rear
When driving
rearward
-
Buzzer sounds
continuously
✽ NOTICE
• The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.
If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the Parking Assist System. If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
3-130
Non-operational conditions of
Parking Assist System
Parking Assist System may not
operate normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
CAUTION
Do not push, scratch or strike
the sensor with any hard
objects that could damage the
surface of the sensor. Sensor
damage could occur.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a
Parking Assist System. Always
drive safely and cautiously.
✽ NOTICE
Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 inches (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect
distance.
3-131
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
There is a possibility of Parking
Assist System malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or
if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
• Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
Convenient features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION
• To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator
on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster
is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
Rear window defroster
■ Type A
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to
"Windshield
Defrosting
and
Defogging" in this chapter.
ODH043080
■ Type B
ODH043147
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while engine is running.
3-132
✽ NOTICE
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position.
Side view mirror defroster
Front wiper deicer
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
defroster.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
■ Front
• Type A
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Fan speed control button
3. OFF button
4. AUTO (automatic control) button
5. Mode selection button (Driver)
• Type B
6. Air conditioning button
7. Front windshield defrost button
8. Rear window defrost button
9. Passenger’s temperature control knob
10. SYNC button
11. Air intake control button (Outside air)
12. Air intake control button (Recirculated air)
13. Climate information screen selection
button
■ Rear
14. Mode selection button (Passenger)
15. Air intake control button
16. Rear side temperature control thumbwheel
17. Rear vent ON/OFF thumbwheel
ODH043081/ODH043146/ODH043082
3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning
✽ NOTICE
■ Front
ODM043083
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically according to the temperature setting.
ODH043085
2. Turn the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature.
3-135
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043084
■ Rear
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience, use the
AUTO button and set the temperature to 73°F (23°C).
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
ODH043086
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything near the sensor to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
3-136
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected. When pressing any
button except the AUTO button while
using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled
automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Mode selection
■ Type A
3
(Driver)
ODH043088L
( Pa s s e n ge r )
ODH043148
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043087
■ Type B
Convenient features of your vehicle
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
■ Type A
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
ODH043089
■ Type B
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
ODH043149
Defrost-Level (A)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
3-138
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
■ Front
Temperature control
■ Front
3
ODH043091
■ Rear
ODH043162
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel. To close the vent, rotate it left
(Rear : down) to the maximum position. To open the vent, rotate it right
(Rear : up) to the desired position.
ODH043085
Turn the temperature control knob to
set the desired temperature.
Rear temperature adjustment is
independently controlled regardless
of "SYNC" function.
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043090
■ Rear
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Type A
ODH043092
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally (Type A)
• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the driver and passenger side temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
3-140
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually
(Type A)
• Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side temperature control knob to adjust the driver side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
■ Type B
ODH043150
Adjusting temperature and mode
of the driver & passenger side
equally (Type B)
• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the temperature and mode of the
driver & passenger side equally.
The passenger side temperature
and mode selection will be set to
the same as the driver side.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
• Press the driver side mode selection button. The driver and passenger mode will be adjusted equally.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
This is a normal condition. You can
switch the temperature mode
between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as
follows;
- Automatic climate control system
While pressing the OFF button,
depress the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more. The display will
change
from
Centigrade
to
Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade.
- "User Setting mode" in the cluster :
You can change the temperature
unit in the "Other features –
Temperature unit".
Air intake control
■ Type A
3
ODH043093
■ Type B
ODH043151
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
Adjusting temperature and mode
of the driver & passenger side
individually (Type B)
• Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the temperature and mode
of the driver & passenger side individually. The illumination of button
turns off.
• Operate the driver side temperature control knob to adjust the driver side temperature.
• Operate the driver side mode
selection button to adjust the direction of the driver side air flow.
• Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side mode
selection button to adjust the direction of the passenger side air flow.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment will be drawn through
the heating system and
heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
■ Type A
With the outside (fresh) air
position
selected,
air
enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
■ Type B
function selected.
3-142
✽ NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger
compartment
may
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
WARNING
• Continued climate control
system operation in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
Fan speed control
Air conditioning
OFF mode
3
ODH043097
ODH043098
Push the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
Push the OFF button of the front to
turn off the air climate control system. However, you can still operate
the mode and air intake buttons as
long as the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
✽ NOTICE
For better sound quality, fan speed
may automatically slow down for a
couple of minutes when you activate
voice recognition or hands free.
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043096
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by pushing the fan
speed control button.
The higher the fan speed is, the
more air is delivered.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Climate information screen
selection button
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
ODH043099
To change the screen into the climate information screen, press the
climate information screen selection
button.
3-144
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
press the
front defrost button .
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return
the control to the fresh air position
when the irritation has passed to
keep fresh air in the vehicle. This
will help keep the driver alert and
comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
✽ NOTICE
1. Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system
operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning
may create water droplets inside
the vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to
electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be operated
with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
3-145
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
Convenient features of your vehicle
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
3-146
✽ NOTICE
Climate control air filter
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Evaporator
core
Heater core
1LDA5047
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Replace the filter according to the
maintenance schedule.
If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
Air Conditioning refrigerant
label
■ Example
✽ NOTICE
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the
compressor and abnormal system
operation may occur.
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
location of air conditioning refrigerant label.
ODH044365R
The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
WARNING
The air conditioning system
should be serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Improper
service may cause serious
injury to the person performing
the service.
3-147
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below ;
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
✽ NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold
after starting, then a brief engine
warm up period may be required for
the vented air flow to become warm
or hot.
3-148
To defog inside windshield
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH043100
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the outside (fresh) air position is
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button manually.
If the
position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
To defrost outside windshield
Auto defogging system
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the moisture on the inside of the
windshield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle, the
automated steps operate as follows:
■ Type A
ODH043101
ODH043086
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the
position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Auto defogging reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture on the inside of the
windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
Step 1 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 2 : Outside air position
Step 3 : Blowing air toward the windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
3-149
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Type B
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto defogging system
ON/OFF
■ Type A
ODH043145L
■ Type B
✽ NOTICE
When the air conditioning is turned
on and the outside air position is
selected by the auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning and select the recirculated
air position, the indicator will blink
3 times and the air conditioning will
not be turned off and recirculated
air position will not be selected.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
driver side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
ODH044141N
If your vehicle is equipped with the
auto defogging system, it is automatically activated when the conditions
are met.
3-150
However, if you would like to cancel
the auto defogging system, turn off
the Auto defogging function in the
AVN climate monitor.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED)
Smart ventilation
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the clean air
function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
When driving and the heater and air
conditioning system is off, the smart
ventilation system maintains pleasant indoor aerial environment by
controlling the temperature, humidity
and CO2 of interior.
"SMART VENTILATION ON" message is displayed on the AVN climate
monitor for 5 seconds when the
smart ventilation system operates.
Smart ventilation system
ON/OFF
■ Type A
3
ODH043166L
■ Type B
ODH044167N
If you would like to cancel the smart
ventilation system, turn off the Smart
ventilation in the AVN climate monitor.
3-151
Convenient features of your vehicle
Cluster ionizer
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear climate system ON/OFF
■ Type A
CO2 control auto air conditioner
(if equipped)
■ Type B
ODH043168L
■ Type B
ODH044143N
ODH044169N
If you would like to cancel the rear
climate system, turn off the rear climate in the AVN climate monitor.
3-152
When driving, the auto air conditioner controls CO2 concentration and
helps maintain pleasant air in a vehicle.
When the system controls CO2, the
symbol (
) displays in the AVN
monitor.
You can turn on or off the CO2 control function as below.
1. Start the engine.
2. While pressing the driver mode
selection button, press the air
intake control button (Recirculated
air) at least 4 times within 2 seconds.
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Center console storage
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
3
ODH043357
CAUTION
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
To open :
Press the button (1).
3-153
Convenient features of your vehicle
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Glove box
Sunglass holder
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
ODH043104
ODH043103
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open. Place your sunglasses
in the compartment door with the
lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is
closed while driving.
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box
door after use.
An open glove box door can
cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if
the passenger is wearing a seat
belt.
3-154
sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder
Rear
■ Front
To open the cover:
Pull up the cover.
WARNING
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
• Avoid abrupt starting and
ODH044107N
Front
To open the cover:
Press the cover and it will slowly open.
3
CAUTION
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling
your drink. If liquid spills, it
may get into the vehicle's
electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not dry the cup holder at
high temperature. This may
damage the chrome part of
the cup holder.
3-155
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043106
■ Rear
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of sudden stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Sunvisor
Power outlet (if equipped)
Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor to
its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block
your view when using the sunvisor.
ODH043359
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the sunvisor and slide the mirror
cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5 and 6) to hold tickets.
3-156
CAUTION
• Do not put several tickets in
the ticket holder at one time.
This could cause damage to
the ticket holder.
• Avoid putting a plastic card
such as a credit card in the
ticket holder located in the
outside of the sunvisor. This
could cause damage to the
plastic card.
ODH043154L
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180
W(Watt) with the engine running.
To open the cover, press the cover
and it will slowly open. To close the
cover, press the cover and it will
slowly close.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug
after use. Using the accessory
plug for prolonged periods of
time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180
W(Watt) in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power
outlet.
• Close the cover when not in
use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices
may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in
other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it
will go. If good contact is not
made, the plug may overheat
and the fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and
cause system malfunction.
3-157
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
CAUTION
Convenient features of your vehicle
Clock
WARNING
Clothes hanger (if equipped)
■ Type A
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury or death.
ODH043112
ODH043111
■ Type B
You can set the clock by using the
AVN (Audio & Navigation).
For more details, please refer to the
Multimedia System Manual or DIS
Navigation System Manual that was
supplied with your vehicle.
ODH043353
To hang items, pull the hanger down.
(Type A)
These hangers are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
3-158
WARNING
Bag hanger (if equipped)
Floor mat anchor(s)
(if equipped)
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothe pockets. In
an accident or when the curtain
air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
3
Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on
the hook (2). Fold the hook when not
in use.
OVI043427
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the front floor mats to the
vehicle. The anchors on the front
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
sliding forward.
3-159
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043113
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
(Continued)
(Continued)
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that the Genesis/
Hyundai floor mat designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.
Rear curtain (if equipped)
■ Front
ODH043114
■ Rear
ODH044115N
To raise and lower the rear curtain,
press the button.
3-160
CAUTION
Side curtain (if equipped)
Do not apply excessive force
while operating the rear curtain.
This could cause damage to the
rear curtain.
3
The rear curtain will be lowered automatically when you shift the shift
lever into R (Reverse) and raised
automatically when you shift the shift
lever from R (Reverse) into P (Park).
After the rear curtain is lowered by
shifting into R (Reverse), if you drive
more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the
shift lever in D (Drive), the rear curtain will be raised automatically.
ODH043116
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
3-161
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043354
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Luggage net holder
WARNING
• Always hang both sides of the
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net's
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has
visible signs of wear or damage.
curtain on the hook. This
could cause damage to the
side curtain if only one side of
the curtain is hooked.
• Do not let any foreign material
get in between the vehicle and
side curtain. The side curtain
may not be lifted up.
ODH043362
To keep items from shifting in the
trunk, you can use the 4 holders
located in the trunk to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the
trunk.
3-162
Multimedia System
Multimedia system .................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod® port ...............................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-3
Steering wheel audio control .........................................4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free............4-5
4
Multimedia System
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
Detailed information about the multimedia system (AV or AVN) is
described in a separately supplied
manual.
AUX, USB and iPod® port
✽ NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic device may malfunction.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage
or discoloration.
4-2
✽ NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
ODH043121L
You can use an AUX port to connect
audio devices and an USB port to
plug in an USB and also in an iPod®
port.
Antenna
CAUTION
• Do not clean the inside of the
4
Multimedia System
ODH043117
rear window glass with a
cleaner or scraper to remove
foreign deposits as this may
cause damage to the antenna
elements.
• Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni, Cd, and so
on. These can degrade the
receiving AM and FM broadcast signals.
Shark fin antenna (1)
The shark fin antenna will receive the
transmit data.
Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
4-3
Multimedia System
Steering wheel audio control
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
MODE (3)
■ Type A
• Move the VOLUME lever up to
increase volume.
• Move the VOLUME lever down to
decrease volume.
Press the MODE button to select
Radio, XM, Disc, or AUX.
SEEK/PRESET (
ODH043118L
■ Type B
/
) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET lever is moved
up or down and held for 0.8 second
or more, it will function in the following modes;
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
ODH043118
CAUTION
Do not operate audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
4-4
If the SEEK/PRESET lever is moved
up or down, it will function in the following modes;
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
MUTE (
) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
✽ NOTICE
Detailed information is described in
a separately supplied manual.
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN)
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology hands-free
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
■ Type A (AVN, Monitor)
Detailed
information
for
the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
hands-free is described in the manual supplied separately.
4
ODH043122
ODH044119N
ODH043123
Detailed information for the AVN system is described in a separately supplied manual.
You can use the phone wirelessly by
using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
Multimedia System
ODH043119
■ Type B
4-5
Driving your vehicle
Before driving.........................................................5-4
Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)............5-45
Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-4
Before starting...................................................................5-4
Engine Start/Stop button................................................5-6
AEB operation..................................................................5-46
To cancel the AEB ..........................................................5-47
Warning light and message ..........................................5-48
Automatic transmission.......................................5-11
Cruise control .......................................................5-50
Automatic transmission operation .............................5-11
Parking...............................................................................5-17
Good driving practices ...................................................5-17
Advanced smart cruise control system ............5-54
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-19
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) .......................................5-19
Emergency precautions.................................................5-21
Braking system ...................................................5-23
Power brakes ..................................................................5-23
Disc brakes wear indicator ..........................................5-24
Foot parking brake ........................................................5-24
Electric parking brake (EPB)........................................5-26
AUTO HOLD .....................................................................5-31
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ...................................5-41
Good braking practices..................................................5-41
Drive mode integrated control system .............5-42
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS)................5-44
ECS malfunction indicator.............................................5-44
Cruise control operation................................................5-50
To convert to cruise control mode.............................5-55
Smart cruise control speed ..........................................5-55
Cancelled automatically .................................................5-58
Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle distance.....5-60
Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.....5-62
Limitations of the system .............................................5-64
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).................5-69
LKAS operation................................................................5-70
LKAS malfunction............................................................5-75
LKAS function change ..................................................5-76
Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ..................5-78
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /
LCA (Lane Change Assist).............................................5-79
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ..................................5-82
5
Special driving conditions...................................5-86
Hazardous driving conditions.......................................5-86
Rocking the vehicle ........................................................5-86
Smooth cornering ...........................................................5-87
Driving at night ................................................................5-87
Driving in the rain ...........................................................5-88
Driving in flooded areas................................................5-88
Winter driving.......................................................5-89
Snow or icy conditions ..................................................5-89
Vehicle load limit ..................................................5-92
Tire loading information label......................................5-93
Trailer towing .......................................................5-97
5
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield
clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
5-3
5
Driving your vehicle
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only
long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and certain products of components
contain or emit chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive
harm.
5-4
Before entering the vehicle
Before starting
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and
driving is dangerous and may
result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
(Continued)
(Continued)
You are much more likely to
have a serious accident if you
drink or take drugs and drive. If
you are drinking or taking
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a taxi.
5
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to “Seat Belts” in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or
pedestrians may be careless
and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space
between you and the vehicle
in front of you.
WARNING
5-5
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop button
ODH053001
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
5-6
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR Rapidly press
and
release
the
Engine
Start/Stop button three times
(within three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine
Start/Stop button while the
vehicle is in motion except in
an emergency. This will result
in the engine turning off and
loss of power assist for the
steering and brake systems.
(Continued)
(Continued)
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the Smart
Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur
if these precautions are not
followed.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine Stop/Start button positions
Action
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the Engine
Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the
Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the
OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the
button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal.
Electrical accessories are usable.
Notice
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent
the battery from discharging.
5-7
5
Driving your vehicle
Button Position
Driving your vehicle
Button Position
Action
Notice
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is
in the ACC position without depressing the
brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked before
the engine is started.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent
the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with
the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine
does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF
However, the engine may start if you depress
the brake pedal within 0.5 second after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button when it is in
the OFF position.
5-8
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
1.Always carry the smart key with
you.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3.Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
4.Depress the brake pedal.
5 Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
6.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be
avoided.)
✽ NOTICE
Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the
engine while warming it up.
5-9
5
Driving your vehicle
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is
normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal
is released when the rpm is
high.
✽ NOTICE
• The engine will start by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button, only
when the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the
vehicle, if it is far away from the
driver, the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position,
if any door is open, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, the
warning, "Key not in vehicle" will
come on and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about
5 seconds. The indicator will turn
off while the vehicle is moving.
Keep the smart key in the vehicle
when using the ACC position or if
the vehicle engine is ON.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you
are in motion, do not attempt
to move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still
moving and press the Engine
Start/Stop button in an
attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
5-10
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
Do not press the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
10 seconds except when the
stop lamp fuse is blown.
When the stop lamp fuse is
blown, you can't start the
engine normally. Replace the
fuse with a new one. If you are
not able to replace the fuse, you
can start the engine by pressing
and
holding
the
Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting
the engine.
ODH053007
✽ NOTICE
If the smart key battery is weak or
the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Automatic transmission operation
The automatic transmission has
eight forward speeds and one
reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) position.
5
Driving your vehicle
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Depress the brake pedal, then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
ODH053011
5-11
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed.
• Do not use engine braking
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may
slip causing an accident.
5-12
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must
depress firmly on the brake pedal
and make sure your foot is off the
accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and
still cannot shift the lever out of P
(Park), see “Shift-Lock Release” on
page 5-16.
The shift lever must be in P (Park)
before turning the engine off.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift
lever is in P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking
brake.
R (Reverse)
N (Neutral)
D (Drive)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON. Shift into
P (Park) if you need to leave your
vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through a 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete
stop before shifting into or out
of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" later in this chapter.
5-13
5
Driving your vehicle
Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the brake
pedal. Shifting into gear when
the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to
move very rapidly. You could
lose control of the vehicle and
hit people or objects.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located
on the shift lever console, allows the
driver to switch from NORMAL mode
to SPORT, ECO or SNOW mode.
When driving in ice or snow conditions, it is recommended you switch
to SNOW mode. Press the DRIVE
MODE switch for 2~3 seconds until
"SNOW" displays in the center of the
instrument cluster. To cancel SNOW
mode, press the DRIVE MODE
switch one time to select NORMAL
mode.
Driving your vehicle
Sports mode
In Sports Mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to select the desired range
of gears for the current driving conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
+ (UP)
✽ NOTICE
- (DOWN)
ODH053012
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
5-14
• Only the eight forward gears can
be selected. To reverse or park the
vehicle, move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as
required.
• Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down.
When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is
automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the driver presses the lever to +
(Up) or - (Down) position, the
transmission may not make the
requested gear change if the next
gear is outside of the allowable
engine rpm range. The driver
must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine rpms
below the red zone.
• When accelerating from a stop on
a slippery road, push the shift
lever forward into the + (Up) position. This causes the transmission
to shift into the 2nd gear which is
better for smooth driving on a
slippery road. Push the shift lever
to the - (Down) side to shift back to
the 1st gear.
Paddle shifter
ODH053013
With the shift lever in the sports
mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear.
✽ NOTICE
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear change
may not occur.
5
Driving your vehicle
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position or the sports mode.
With the shift lever in the D position
The paddle shifter will operate when
the vehicle speed is more than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic
mode to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), if you depress
the accelerator pedal for more than 5
seconds or if you move the shift lever
from D (Drive) to Sports Mode and
move it from Sports Mode to D
(Drive) again, the system changes
from manual mode to automatic
mode.
5-15
Driving your vehicle
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position.
3.Move the shift lever.
Shift-lock override
ODH054014N
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following:
5-16
1.Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the OFF position.
2.Apply the parking brake.
3.Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock override access
hole.
4.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
5.Move the shift lever.
6.Remove the screwdriver from the
shift-lock override access hole
then install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock
release, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
immediately.
Good driving practices
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position. Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of
time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start
a fire.
The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
• When driving in Sports Mode, slow
down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
may not be engaged if the engine
rpms are outside of the allowable
range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
5-17
5
Driving your vehicle
Parking
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
(Continued)
5-18
(Continued)
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you
follow all posted speed limits.
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) System
delivers engine power to and rear
wheels for maximum traction. AWD is
useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving on
slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed
to all four wheels automatically.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Always drive safely and use
caution when driving an AWD
vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Depress the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until you
feel normal braking return.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in chapter 7).
• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is
towed by flatbed tow truck.
5-19
5
Driving your vehicle
If the AWD warning light (
)
stays on the instrument cluster,
your vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system.
When the AWD warning light
(
) illuminates have your
vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use of snow tires is recommended.
For more information on Snow
Tires refer to "Winter Driving" in
this chapter.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Use engine braking during deceleration.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
5-20
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
CAUTION
When the vehicle is stuck in
snow, sand or mud, avoid running the engine continuously at
high rpm, doing so may damage
the tires, transmission, differential or, AWD system.
OLMB053017
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
- Drive as slowly using engine
braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution driving up or down steep hills. The
vehicle may flip depending on
the
grade,
terrain
and
water/mud conditions.
Emergency precautions
Tires
WARNING
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with
different size and type from the
one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing serious injury.
5-21
5
Driving your vehicle
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
In an emergency situation, a compact spare tire may be used. But, do
not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the differential or AWD system.
ODH053139
Never start or run the engine
while an AWD vehicle is raised
on a jack. The vehicle can slip or
roll off of a jack causing serious
injury or death to you or those
nearby.
Driving your vehicle
Towing
WARNING
AWD vehicles must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the
ground.
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
For more information, refer to
"Towing" in chapter 6.
Temporary Free Roller
Vehicle inspection
• When the vehicle is on a car lift, do
not operate the front and rear
wheels separately. All four wheels
should be operated.
• Never engage the parking brake
while running the engine on a car
lift. This may damage the AWD
system.
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special
four
wheel
chassis
dynamometer.
5-22
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
ODH053141
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll
tester must be used, perform the following procedure:
1.Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2.Place the rear wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the front wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear
and avoid continuous application of the brakes. Applying
the brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle’s ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes function correctly.
5-23
5
Driving your vehicle
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
Driving your vehicle
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember some driving conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
CAUTION
To avoid costly brake repairs,
do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
✽ NOTICE
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
5-24
Foot parking brake
(if equipped)
ODH053143
ODH053142
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle, to apply:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving except in an
emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and
lead to an accident.
To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal
down and it will release automatically.
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
CAUTION
• Do not apply the accelerator
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into P
(Park) position, then apply the
parking brake, and place the
Engine Start/Stop button in
the OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking
brake not fully engaged are at
risk for moving inadvertently
and causing injury to yourself
or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• Only release the parking
brake when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
pedal while the parking brake
is engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the
parking brake engaged, warning will sound. Damage to the
parking brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake
parts. Make sure the parking
brake is released and the
Brake Warning Light is off
before driving.
5-25
5
Driving your vehicle
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light
by placing the Engine
Start/Stop button to
the ON position (do
not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
Driving your vehicle
Electric parking brake (EPB)
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
Also, the EPB is applied automatically if the [AUTO HOLD] switch is on
when the engine is turned off.
However, if you press the EPB switch
within one second after the engine is
turned off, the EPB will not be
applied.
Releasing the parking brake
WARNING
ODH053016
To apply the EPB (Electric Parking
Brake):
1.Depress the brake pedal.
2.Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
5-26
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is
moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to an
accident.
ODH053017
To release the EPB (Electric
Parking Brake), press the EPB
switch in the following condition:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
Make sure the Parking
Warning Light goes off.
Brake
✽ NOTICE
• For your safety, you can engage
the EPB even though the Engine
Stop/Start button is in the OFF
position, but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
When the EPB (Electric Parking
Brake) does not release:
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer by loading the vehicle on a
flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
CAUTION
5
• If the Parking Brake Warning
Light is still on even though
the EPB has been released,
have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and
brake rotor wear.
Driving your vehicle
To release EPB (Electric Parking
Brake) automatically:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in D
(Drive) or Sports mode.
5-27
Driving your vehicle
EPB (Electric Parking Brake) may
be automatically applied when:
• The EPB is overheated
• Requested by other systems
• The engine is turned off with the
EPB applied
Warning messages
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
✽ NOTICE
ODH053048L
ODH053046L
If the driver turns the engine off
while Auto Hold is operating, EPB
will be automatically applied.
However, if you press the EPB
switch within one second after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not
be applied.
5-28
To disengage EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood, and trunk
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the hood or trunk is
opened, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P
(Park) position, press the EPB
switch, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Smart Key
with you when exiting the
vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in
P (Park) with the parking
brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the EPB switch. If the
EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Only release the EPB when
you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
CAUTION
• Do not apply the accelerator
ODH053051L
AUTO HOLD deactivating.
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
5-29
5
Driving your vehicle
pedal while the parking brake
is engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the
EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will
appear.
Damage to the parking brake
may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake
parts. Make sure the EPB is
released and the Parking
Brake Warning Light is off
before driving.
✽ NOTICE
• A clicking sound may be heard
while operating or releasing the
EPB. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet,
make sure to inform him/her how
to operate the EPB.
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
CAUTION
• If
ODH053046L
Parking brake automatically locked
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
5-30
ODH053049
If the EPB Malfunction Indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position, this indicates the EPB may
have malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The EPB Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
the EPB Malfunction
Indicator is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the Parking Brake Warning
Light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
may not be applied.
• If the Parking Brake Warning
Light blinks when the EPB
Malfunction Indicator is on,
press the EPB switch, then
pull it up. Once more, press
the switch back to its original
position and pull it back up. If
the EPB Malfunction Indicator
does not go off, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Emergency braking
✽ NOTICE
AUTO HOLD (if equipped)
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch. However, braking
distance will be longer than normal.
During emergency braking the
Parking Brake Warning Light will
illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.
This feature keeps the brake applied
when the shift lever is in D (Drive), R
(Reverse), N (Neutral) or Sports
Mode with the feature enabled and
when the brake pedal has been
depressed to stop the vehicle.
WARNING
If there is a noise or burning
smell after using the emergency
brake, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
To apply:
White
5
ODH053018
1. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will illuminate white and the system will
be in the standby position.
5-31
Driving your vehicle
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
CAUTION
Driving your vehicle
White
Green
To release:
Press the accelerator pedal with the
shift lever in R (Reverse), D (Drive)
or Sports Mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator
changes from green to white.
To cancel:
Light off
ODH053019
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake
pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
5-32
ODH053020
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will
turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement,
ALWAYS press your foot on the
brake pedal to cancel the Auto
Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
(Continued)
In these cases, the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on, the
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white, and warning
sounds and a message will appear
to inform you that EPB has been
automatically engaged. Before
driving again, depress the brake
pedal, check the surrounding area
near your vehicle and release the
parking brake manually with the
EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator
changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is
not work properly. Take your
vehicle
to
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
• If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door, hood or trunk open
detection system, the Auto Hold
may not work properly. Take your
vehicle
to
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
5-33
5
Driving your vehicle
• The Auto Hold does not operate
when:
- The driver's seat belt is unbuckled and the driver's door is
opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB
when:
- The driver's seat belt is unbuckled and the driver's door is
opened
- The engine hood is opened with
the shift lever in D (Drive)
- The trunk is opened with the
shift lever in R (Reverse)
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
ODH053046L
Parking brake automatically locked
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
ODH053051L
ODH053053L
AUTO HOLD deactivating.
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
CAUTION
Depress the brake pedal when
the above message appears for
the Auto Hold and EPB may not
activate.
5-34
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
ODH053055L
5-35
5
Driving your vehicle
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door, hood, trunk, and fasten
seatbelt
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk are not closed or the
driver's seat belt is not fastened, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear on the LCD display. In
that time, press the [AUTO HOLD]
button after closing the driver's door,
engine hood and trunk and fastening
the seat belt.
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not
prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead
of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The
braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS or ESC may
be longer than for those without
these systems in the following
road conditions.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different
surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering. This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
Driving your vehicle
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
5-36
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light (
) will stay
on for several seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position. During that time, the ABS
will go through self-diagnosis and the
light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible
WARNING
If the ABS warning light (
) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
CAUTION
5
Driving your vehicle
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy
road, and apply your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be
active continuously and the
ABS warning light (
) may
illuminate. Pull your car over to
a safe place and turn the engine
off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
problem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
ABS warning light (
) may turn
on at the same time. This happens
because of the low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged
before driving the vehicle.
5-37
Driving your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will
not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
ODH054163N
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle’s brakes
and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
5-38
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the ESC and
the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds
and goes off, then the ESC is turned
on.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
• If the Cruise Control was in use
when the ESC activates, the
Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road conditions allow. See “Cruise Control
System” later in this chapter. (if
equipped)
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine rpm (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation :
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position when
ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ON position, the
ESC indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
5-39
5
Driving your vehicle
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button shortly
(ESC OFF indicator light illuminates). At this state, the engine control function does not operate. In
other words, the traction control
function does not operate but only
the brake control function operates.
• State 2
Press the ESC OFF button for more
than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator
light illuminates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound. At this state,
the engine control function and brake
control function does not operate. In
other words, the vehicle stability control function does not operate any
more.
Driving your vehicle
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off from
the User Settings Mode.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER
attempt to accelerate. NEVER
turn the ESC off while the ESC
indicator light is blinking or you
may lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they
are the same size as your original tires for this vehicle.
5-40
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS, and brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are
displayed.
• When operating the vehicle
on a dynamometer, ensure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF
light illuminated).
✽ NOTICE
Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or standard brake system operation.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
prevents the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle
from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake when the accelerator
pedal is depressed or after 2 seconds.
WARNING
✽ NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the shift lever is in P (Park) or N
(Neutral)
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, then apply the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
5-41
5
Driving your vehicle
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on a incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2
seconds.
Good braking practices
Driving your vehicle
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
• The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE switch is pressed.
ODH053021
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver’s preference
or road condition.
The system initializes to the NORMAL mode after the engine has been
turned off and on.
✽ NOTICE
If there is a problem with the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system, the drive mode will be in
NORMAL mode and may not
change to ECO mode, SPORT mode
or SNOW mode.
5-42
Active ECO helps improve
fuel efficiency by controlling certain engine and
transmission
system
operating parameters.
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed and the ECO mode is
selected, the ECO indicator
(green) will illuminate to show that
the Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
and the engine is turned off and on
it will change to NORMAL mode. To
turn on the ECO mode, press the
DRIVE MODE switch till it is selected.
ECO
NORMAL
SPORT
ECO mode (Active ECO)
ECO
When NORMAL mode is selected,
it is not displayed on the instrument
cluster.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed for more than one second,
the SNOW mode will operate
regardless of whichever DRIVE
mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) is
operating. If the switch is pressed
once more, the DRIVE mode
(NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) that was
operating previously will operate.
• The selected mode is displayed on
the AVN monitor.
When Active ECO is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when the Active ECO system is activated to improve fuel efficiency.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode focuses on
dynamic driving by automatically controlling the
steering wheel, engine
and transmission system.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed and the SPORT mode is
selected, the SPORT indicator
(yellow) will illuminate.
• When the SPORT mode is activated, and the engine is turned off
and on it will change to NORMAL
mode. To turn on the SPORT
mode, press the DRIVE MODE
switch again.
• If the system is activated:
- After accelerating and releasing
the accelerator pedal, the gear
and engine speed RPM may not
drop as soon as in NORMAL
mode.
- Up-shifting is delayed.
SPORT
✽ NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
5-43
5
Driving your vehicle
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When using the automatic transmission Sports mode:
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
Driving your vehicle
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) (IF EQUIPPED)
SNOW mode (if equipped)
SNOW mode helps the
SNOW driver to drive more effectively on slippery roads
such as snowy or muddy
roads.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed for more than one second,
the SNOW mode will operate
regardless of whichever drive
mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) is
operating. If the switch is pressed
once more, the drive mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) that was operating previously will operate.
The Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) controls the vehicle suspension automatically to maximize driving comfort by taking into account
the driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stopping requirements and acceleration.
ECS (Electronic Control
Suspension) malfunction indicator
ODH053072L
If the ECS warning message comes
on, you may have a problem with the
ECS system. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-44
AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED)
The
Autonomous
Emergency
Braking (AEB) helps avoid accidents
by identifying critical situations early
and warning the driver.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Autonomous
Emergency Braking (AEB):
• This system is only a supple-
5
Driving your vehicle
mental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention
to the road conditions at all
times.
• NEVER drive too fast for the
road conditions or too quickly
when cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. AEB does not stop the
vehicle completely and does
not avoid collisions.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• AEB operates according to
the distance from the vehicle
ahead, relative velocity, and
driver's operation of the brake
or accelerator pedal. Do not
drive dangerously to intentionally operate the AEB.
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The AEB is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
5-45
Driving your vehicle
AEB Operation
Warning message
A warning message and chime will
sound when you need to use the
brake pedal or steering wheel due to
a sudden stop or lack of distance
with the vehicle ahead. The warning
messages will vary according to the
severity of the situation. Immediately
reduce your speed to prevent a collision.
ODH053060L
ODH053064L
Brake operation
In a critical situation:
• The brake assist system enters
standby mode to react promptly
when the driver operates the brake
pedal.
• The vehicle automatically reduces
speed according to the severity of
the situation.
- Rapidly reduces speed when vehicle speed is under 50 mph (80
km/h)
- Slowly reduces speed when vehicle speed is over 50 mph (80 km/h)
• If the driver uses the brake pedal to
reduce vehicle speed, the brake
assist system operates to increase
braking efficiency.
• If the driver presses down hard on
the accelerator pedal or sharply
turns the steering wheel, the brake
assist system is canceled.
Seat belt operation
ODH053066L
5-46
The driver's and passenger's seat
belt may tighten if the system detects
that a vehicle or object is close.
Automatic emergency mode
change
In a critical situation, to help avoid
collisions, the Automatic Emergency
Mode automatically controls the
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) and Electronic Stability
Control (ESC). When the critical situation is over, the Electronic Control
Suspension (ECS) and Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) returns to its
previous status.
✽ NOTICE
To cancel the AEB
The Automatic Emergency
Mode is a supplemental system
to assist you and its effects may
differ according to road and
driving conditions. The vehicle
cannot automatically avoid a
collision. Do not solely rely on
the system and always pay
attention to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
ODH054204C
• Go to the User Settings Mode
(Driving Assist) and undo the check
for AEB (Autonomous Emergency
Braking) on the LCD display (For
more details refer to "LCD
Display" in chapter 3.). The warning operation and automatic braking
operation will not function.
• To turn on the AEB, select AEB
(Autonomous Emergency Braking)
from the User Settings Mode
(Driving Assist) on the LCD display.
The warning operation and automatic braking operation will function.
5-47
5
Driving your vehicle
• If the AEB is canceled from the
User Settings Mode or there is a
problem with the AEB system, the
Automatic Emergency Mode will
not work.
• If the ESC is off or there is a problem with the ESC system, the
Automatic Emergency Mode will
not work.
• The ESC must be on for the
Automatic Emergency Mode to
control ESC in collision situations.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
When the engine is started, AEB is
automatically turned on. If the system is not needed, turn the AEB system off from the User Settings Mode
on the LCD display.
Warning light and message
■ Warning light
CAUTION
If the AEB is selected and the
ESC
(Electronic
Stability
Control) is turned off, the AEB
system is automatically canceled.
■ Warning message
ODH054165N/ODH054164N
ODH043252L
• When the AEB system is turned
off, the AEB warning light turns on.
(Warning message does not come
on.)
5-48
• If the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such
as snow, the AEB warning light
and message comes on. In this
case, the AEB system may not
function temporarily, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the AEB
system. Clean the sensor or cover
by using a soft cloth.
• If there is a malfunction with the
AEB system, the AEB warning light
and message will come on. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator or SCC (Smart
Cruise Control) message comes
on the AEB warning message may
come on but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the AEB system.
WARNING
• Even if there is a malfunction
(Continued)
- Driving at night, the tail lamp
of the vehicle ahead is missing, installed on an unusual
place or installed unevenly.
- Coming in or out a tunnel,
where the illumination intensity is high.
5
Driving your vehicle
to the brake operation of the
AEB, when you depress the
brake pedal, the brake operates normally. AEB brake
operation does not operate in
certain hazardous situations.
• The AEB is designed to function above approximately
5 mph (8 km/h) and below
approximately 110 mph (180
km/h).
• The AEB does not detect:
- Persons or animals.
- Oncoming vehicles in the
opposite lane or a vehicle in
an intersection.
- Stopped objects.
• The AEB cannot detect
objects, when:
- The sensors are covered
with dirt.
- There is heavy rain or heavy
snow.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- There is interference by electromagnetic waves.
- There are strong radar
reflections.
- Driving in a curve.
- Driving uphill or downhill.
- Driving in areas under construction.
- An object ahead is very narrow such as motorcycles or
bicycles.
- A vehicle suddenly enters
your lane.
- The camera cannot secure a
clear view.
- The camera cannot catch the
whole vehicle.
- An unusual shape vehicle is
ahead such as a trailer, special access vehicle or a truck
with unique shaped cargo.
(Continued)
5-49
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
Cruise Control operation
ODH053022
1.CRUISE indicator
2.SET indicator
The Cruise Control system allows
you to drive at speeds above 20 mph
(30 km/h) without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
5-50
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If the Cruise Control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can
be activated unintentionally.
Keep the Cruise Control system off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on
open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Cruise Control
when it may not be safe to
keep the vehicle at a constant
speed:
- Driving in heavy or varying
speed traffic.
- On slippery (rainy, icy or
snow covered) roads.
- Hilly or winding roads.
- Very windy areas.
To set Cruise Control speed
ODH053023
1.Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator will illuminate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
To increase Cruise Control
speed
• Depress the accelerator pedal.
When the vehicle attains the
desired speed, push the lever (1)
down (SET-).
ODH053024/Q
✽ NOTICE
The vehicle may slow down or speed
up slightly while going uphill or
downhill.
5
ODH053025/Q
• Push the lever (1) up (RES+) and
hold it, while monitoring the SET
speed on the instrument cluster.
Release the lever when the
desired speed is shown and the
vehicle will accelerate to that
speed.
• Push the lever (1) up (RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase 1.0 mph (1.6
km/h) each time the lever is operated in this manner.
Driving your vehicle
3.Push the lever (1) down (SET-) ,
and release it. The SET indicator
light will illuminate.
4.Release the accelerator pedal.
5-51
Driving your vehicle
To decrease Cruise Control
speed
To temporarily accelerate with
the Cruise Control ON
Cruise Control will be canceled
when:
Depress the accelerator pedal. When
you take your foot off the accelerator,
the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
If you push the lever down (SET-) at
the increased speed, the Cruise
Control will maintain the increased
speed.
ODH053024/Q
ODH053026
• Push the lever (1) down (SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
slow down. Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the lever (1) down (SET-) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease 1.0 mph (1.6
km/h) each time the lever is operated in this manner.
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When
the vehicle attains the desired
speed, push the lever (1) down
(SET-).
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pressing the CANCEL switch
located on the steering wheel.
• Pushing the CRUISE button. Both
the CRUISE indicator and the SET
indicator will turn OFF.
• Moving the shift lever into N
(Neutral).
5-52
• Decreasing the vehicle speed
lower than the memory speed by
5 mph (10 km/h).
• Decreasing the vehicle speed to
less than approximately 20 mph
(30 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is operating.
• Downshifting to the 2nd gear in
Sports Mode.
To resume preset Cruising
speed
✽ NOTICE
ODH053023
ODH053025/Q
Push the lever (1) up (RES+). If the
vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30
km/h), the vehicle will resume the
preset speed.
• Push the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light will go off).
• Turn the engine OFF.
5-53
5
Driving your vehicle
Each of the above actions will cancel
Cruise Control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument
cluster will go off), but only pressing
the CRUISE button will turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
Cruise Control operation, push the
lever up (RES+) located on your
steering wheel. You will return to
your previously preset speed, unless
the system was turned off using the
CRUISE button.
To turn Cruise Control off
Driving your vehicle
ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using
the Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
ODH053074N
➀ Cruise Indicator
➁ Set Speed
➂ Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
The Smart Cruise Control System
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and distance detecting the vehicle ahead
without depressing the accelerator
pedal.
5-54
The Smart Cruise Control
System is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
left on, (CRUISE indicator
light in the instrument cluster
is illuminated) the Smart
Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the
Smart Cruise Control System
off (CRUISE indicator light
OFF) when the Smart Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Smart Cruise Control
System only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Smart Cruise
Control when it may not be
safe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed:
- Driving in heavy or varying
speed traffic.
- On slippery (rainy, icy or
snow covered) roads.
- Hilly or winding roads.
- Very windy areas.
To convert to Cruise Control
Mode
ODH053090L
1.Turn the Smart Cruise Control
System on (the cruise indicator
light will be on but the system will
not be activated).
2.Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC) Mode" and "Cruise
Control (CC) Mode".
WARNING
ODH053153L
The driver may choose to only use
the Cruise Control Mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
When using the Cruise Control
Mode, you must manually
adjust the distance to other
vehicles by depressing the
accelerator or brake pedal. The
system does not automatically
adjust the distance to vehicles
in front of you.
5
ODH053023
1.Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator will illuminate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed
can be set as follows:
• 20 mph (30 km/h)~110 mph (180
km/h): when there is no vehicle in
front
• 0 mph (0 km/h)~110 mph (180
km/h): when there is a vehicle in
front
5-55
Driving your vehicle
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the SCC Mode will turn
on.
Smart Cruise Control speed
To set Smart Cruise Control
speed
Driving your vehicle
To increase Smart Cruise
Control set speed
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
ODH053024
3.Push the lever down (SET-), and
release it at the desired speed. The
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance on the LCD display will
illuminate.
4.Release the accelerator pedal. The
desired speed will automatically be
maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
5-56
ODH053025
ODH053024
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the lever up (RES+), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Push the lever up (RES+), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.0
km/h) each time you move the
lever up in this manner.
• You can set the speed to 110 mph
(180 km/h).
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the lever down (SET-), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Push the lever down (SET-), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 1.0 mph
(1.0 km/h) each time you move the
lever down in this manner.
• You can set the speed to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
To temporarily accelerate with
the Smart Cruise Control on
Smart Cruise Control will be
temporarily canceled when:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you push the lever down (SET-) at
increased speed, the cruising speed
will be set again.
The Advanced Smart Cruise Control
turns off temporarily when the indicator on the LCD display turns off.
The CRUISE indicator is illuminated
continuously.
5
ODH053026
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not
controlled automatically at this
time even if there is a vehicle in front
of you.
Cancelled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pressing the CANCEL button
located on the steering wheel.
• Depress the brake pedal and press
the CANCEL button at the same
time, when the vehicle is at a
standstill.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
5-57
Driving your vehicle
Cancelled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• The EPB (Electric Parking Brake)
is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph
(190 km/h)
• The vehicle stops on a steep
incline.
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• When the vehicle is stopped for
more than 5 minutes.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -), approximately 3 seconds
after the vehicle is stopped by the
Smart Cruise Control System with
no other vehicle ahead.
5-58
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -), after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in
front.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for more than one
minute.
Each of these actions will cancel
the Smart Cruise Control operation. (The Set Speed and Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance on the LCD
display will go off.)
In a condition the Smart Cruise
Control is cancelled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- lever is pushed. Also, the
EPB will be applied when the vehicle is stopped.
✽ NOTICE
If the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled by other than the reasons mentioned, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH053076L
If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
✽ NOTICE
To turn Cruise Control off
Always check the road conditions
when you push the lever up (RES+)
to resume speed.
ODH053023
ODH053025
5-59
5
Driving your vehicle
If any method other than the
CRUISE lever was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
push the lever up (RES+) or down
(SET-).
If you push the lever up (RES+), the
speed will resume to the recently set
speed. However, if vehicle speed has
dropped
below
approximately
20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume
when there is a vehicle in front of
your vehicle.
Push the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light will go off).
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
Distance 4
Distance 3
When the lane ahead is clear:
Distance 2
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance maintain as
follows:
ODH053027
When the Smart Cruise Control
System is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle
ahead of you without pressing the
accelerator or brake pedal.
Distance 4 - approximately
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately
(40 m)
Distance 2 - approximately
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately
(25 m)
172 feet
ODH053166N
130 feet
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
106 feet
82 feet
✽ NOTICE
Distance 4 is always set when the
system is used for the first time after
starting the engine.
5-60
When there is a vehicle ahead
of you in your lane:
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the set speed.
WARNING
Distance 4
Distance 3
(Continued)
• If the warning chime sounds,
depress the accelerator or
brake pedal to actively adjust
the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
5
Driving your vehicle
Distance 2
Distance 1
ODH053091N
ODH053081N/ODH053082N/
ODH053083N/ODH053084N
• Your vehicle speed will slow down
or speed up to maintain the selected distance.
When using the Smart Cruise
Control System:
• The warning chime sounds
and the Vehicle-to Vehicle
Distance indicator blinks if
the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead.
(Continued)
5-61
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
Sensor to detect distance to
the vehicle ahead
ODH053086L
ODH053088L
CAUTION
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
speed: less than 20 mph
(30km/h)) disappears to the next
lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message will
appear. Adjust your vehicle
speed for vehicles or objects
that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the
brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
5-62
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well.
However, if the vehicle stops for
more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the lever (RES+) to start
driving.
ODH053028
The Smart Cruise Control uses a
sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.
Sensor warning message
SCC (Smart Cruise Control)
malfunction message
CAUTION
• Do not install accessories
•
•
ODH053151L
ODH053152L
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
•
•
•
5-63
5
Driving your vehicle
If the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such as
snow, this message will appear. In
this case, the system may not function temporarily, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the Smart
Cruise Control System. Clean the
sensor or cover by using a soft cloth.
around the sensor and do not
replace the bumper by yourself. It may interfere with the
sensor performance.
Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
To prevent sensor cover damage from occurring, wash the
car with a soft cloth.
Do not paint the sensor cover.
Do not damage the sensor or
sensor area by a strong
impact. If the sensor moves
slightly off position, the Smart
Cruise Control System will
not operate correctly. If this
occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only a genuine HYUNDAI
sensor cover for your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the system
On curves
The Smart Cruise Control System
may have limits to its ability to detect
distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
ODH053093
ODH053092
• The Smart Cruise Control System
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-64
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
On inclines
Lane changing
Vehicle recognition
ODH053095
ODH053096
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The sensor may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.
Some vehicles in your lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
5-65
5
Driving your vehicle
ODH053094
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control System
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and cause your vehicle
to accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Driving your vehicle
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if necessary.
5-66
ODH053097
ODH053098
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
• When vehicles are at a standstill
and the vehicle in front of you
changes to the next lane, be careful when your vehicle starts to
move because it may not recognize the stopped vehicle in front of
you.
WARNING
ODH053100
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
• Always be cautious for vehicles
with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the
back of the vehicle.
5-67
5
Driving your vehicle
ODH053099
When using the Smart Cruise
Control take the following precautions:
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the
brakes. The vehicle cannot be
stopped at every emergency
situation by using the Smart
Cruise Control System.
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• The Smart Cruise Control
System cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians
or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of
you with a frequent lane
change may cause a delay in
the system's reaction or may
cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance.
(Continued)
5-68
(Continued)
• The Smart Cruise Control
System may not recognize
complex driving situations so
always pay attention to driving conditions and control
your vehicle speed.
CAUTION
The Smart Cruise Control System
may not operate temporarily due
to electrical interference.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED)
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and steering
wheel vibration warning, while applying a slight counter-steering torque,
trying to prevent the vehicle from
moving out of its lane.
WARNING
ODH053029
The Lane Keeping Assist System
detects lane markers on the road,
and assists the driver’s steering to
help keep the vehicle between lanes.
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS):
• The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
rate when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be controlled
by the system.
• Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the
steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
• LKAS prevents the driver
from moving out of the lane
unintentionally by assisting
the driver's steering. However,
the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always
pay attention on the steering
wheel to stay in the lane.
(Continued)
5-69
5
Driving your vehicle
ODH054161N
The lane keeping assist system
is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always be aware of the surrounding and steer the vehicle.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• Always check the road condition and surroundings and be
cautious when the system
cancels, does not operate or
malfunctions.
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the windshield
near the rearview mirror.
• The system detects lane lines
and controls the steering
wheel by a camera, therefore,
if the lane lines are hard to
detect, the system may not
work properly.
Please refer to "Driver's
Attention".
• Do not remove the LKAS parts
and do not damage the sensor.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected.
(Continued)
5-70
(Continued)
• The operation of the LKAS
can be affected by several factors (including environmental
conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to pay
attention to the roadway and
to maintain the vehicle in its
lane at all times.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LKAS system is activated. If
you continue to drive with
your hands off the steering
wheel after the "Keep hands
on steering wheel" warning
illumination, the system will
turn off automatically.
• Always be cautious when
using the system.
LKAS operation
ODH053160L
To operate:
Press the LKAS button with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position. The indicator (white) illuminates on the cluster.
To cancel:
Press the LKAS button again. The
indicator on the cluster will go off.
LKAS activation
WARNING
■ Lane line undetected
■ Lane line detected
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to prevent
the driver from leaving the lane.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always check the road conditions when driving.
ODH053140L/ODH053141L
ODH053154L
5
Driving your vehicle
• The LKAS screen will appear on
the LCD display if the system is
activated.
• When both lane lines are detected
and all the conditions to activate
the LKAS are satisfied (green
steering wheel indicator will illuminate and the LKAS indicator light
will change from white to green),
the steering wheel will be controlled.
If the system detects a lane line, the
color changes from gray to white.
5-71
Driving your vehicle
■ Left lane line
detected
■ Right lane line
detected
Warning
■ Left lane line
■ Left lane line
■ Right lane line
ODH053142L/ODH053143L
• If the system detects the left lane
line, the left lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• If the system detects the right lane
line, the right lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• Both lane lines must be detected
for the system to fully activate.
5-72
■ Right lane line
ODH053142L/ODH053143L
ODH053144L/ODH053145L
• If you cross a lane line, the lane
line you cross will blink (yellow) on
the LCD display with steering
wheel vibration warning.
• If the steering wheel appears, the
system will control the vehicle’s
steering to prevent the vehicle from
crossing the lane line.
If all the conditions to activate LKAS
is not satisfied, the system will convert to LDWS and warn the driver
only when the driver crosses the lane
lines.
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Turn off the system and drive
ODH053149L
If the driver takes one’s hands off the
steering wheel while the LKAS is
activated, the system will warn the
driver after several seconds with a
visual and acoustic warning.
If the driver still does not have one’s
hand on the steering wheel after several seconds, the system will be
automatically turned off.
WARNING
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
5
✽ NOTICE
• Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is
assisted by the system than when it
is not.
5-73
Driving your vehicle
ODH053146L
the vehicle in below situations.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
Driving your vehicle
ODH053148L
A message will appear on the LCD
display if the condition to activate the
LKAS is not satisfied. Also, there will
be an acoustic warning. The warning
will disappear when the conditions
are met.
5-74
The system will be cancelled when:
• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph
(60 km/h) and over 110 mph (180
km/h ).
• Only one lane line is detected.
• Using the turn signal to change
lanes. If you change lanes without
the turn signal on, the steering
wheel might be controlled.
• The hazard warning flasher is on.
• The width of the lane is below
10 feet (3.1 m) and over 15 feet
(4.5 m).
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is activated.
• When the system is on or after
changing a lane, drive in the middle of the lane.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you drive fast on a sharp
curve.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you change lanes fast.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
DRIVER'S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations may not work
properly when:
• The lane is not visible due to snow,
rain, stain, a puddle or other factors.
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel.
• The headlamps are not on at night
or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
• It is difficult to distinguish the
color of the lane marking from the
road or the lane line is damaged or
indistinct.
• Driving on a steep grade or a
curve.
• Light such as street light, sunlight
or oncoming vehicle light reflects
from the water on the road.
• The lens or windshield is covered
with foreign matter.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain, or
heavy snow.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sun light.
(Continued)
LKAS failure indicator
LKAS malfunction
■ Type A
ODH053118
ODH053147L
■ Type B
5
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for 2 seconds.
If the problem continues the LKAS
failure indicator will illuminate.
ODH053117
The LKAS failure indicator (yellow)
will illuminate if the LKAS is not
working properly. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-75
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• The windshield is fogged by
humid air in the vehicle.
• A shadow is on the lane line.
• There is a mark that looks like a
lane line.
• There is a boundary structure,
such as a concrete barrier.
• The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehicle
ahead drives covering the lane
line.
• The vehicle vibrates heavily due to
road conditions.
• The number of lanes increases or
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing.
• Putting something on the dashboard.
• Driving with the sun in front of
you.
• Driving in areas under construction.
• There are more than two lane
lines.
• The lane is merged or divided.
• Driving through a toll plaza or toll
gate.
Driving your vehicle
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-76
LKAS function change
➡
➡
ODH053163L/ODH053164L/ODH053165L
The driver can change LKAS to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
or change the LKAS mode between Pre-Departure Control and PostDeparture Control from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. The
system is automatically set to Pre-Departure Control if a function is not
selected.
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)
LDWS alerts the driver with a visual
warning and steering wheel vibration
warning when the system detects the
vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.
Pre-Departure Control
5
Driving your vehicle
LKAS assists the driver by controlling the steering wheel before lane
departure. When the vehicle is near
the edge of the lane, LKAS starts
controlling the steering wheel to
assist the driver to stay in the lane.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Post-Departure Control
LKAS assists the driver by controlling the steering wheel when lane
departure has started. When the
vehicle's front wheel contacts the
inside edge of lane line, LKAS starts
controlling the steering wheel to
assist the driver to stay in the lane.
5-77
Driving your vehicle
BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Blind spot area
Closing at high speed
ODH053032
The Blind Spot Detection System
(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert
the driver.
It senses the rear side territory of the
vehicle and provides an indication to
the driver if it detects an object
approaching from these areas.
5-78
(1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection)
The warning range depends on
your vehicle speed. However, if
your vehicle is much faster than
the other vehicle, the system will
not warn you.
(2) LCA (Lane Change Assist)
If the system detects a vehicle
approaching you at high speed,
the system will warn you.
(3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
If the sensor detects an
approaching vehicle from the left
and right side as your vehicle
moves rearward, the system will
warn you.
WARNING
• Always check the road condition while driving for unexpected
situations
even
though the Blind Spot
Detection System (BSD) is
operating.
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) is a supplemental system to assist you. Do
not solely rely on the system
and always pay attention and
drive safely.
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) is not a substitute for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and
use caution when changing
lanes or backing the vehicle
up. The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) may not detect
every object alongside the
vehicle.
WARNING
As the Blind Spot Detection
(BSD) system is a supplemental
device for your safe driving, it
may be dangerous to rely on
only the BSD information of the
head up display image when
changing the lane. Always pay
attention to drive safely.
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /
LCA (Lane Change Assist)
Operating conditions
To cancel:
Press the BSD switch again. The
indicator on the switch will go off.
When the system is not used, turn
the system off by turning off the
switch.
✽ NOTICE
ODH053031
Warning type
The system will activate when:
1.The system is on.
2.Vehicle speed is above about 20
mph (30 km/h).
3.Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side.
5-79
5
Driving your vehicle
To operate:
Press the BSD switch with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position. The indicator illuminates on
the switch. If vehicle speed exceeds
20 mph (30km/h) the system will activate.
• If the engine is turned off and on,
the system returns to the previous
state.
• When the system is turned on, the
warning light will illuminate for 3
seconds on the outside rearview
mirror.
Driving your vehicle
■ Left side
■ Left side
■ Right side
■ Right side
ODH053119
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror and the head up display.
If the detected vehicle is not in warning range, the warning will turn off
according to driving conditions.
5-80
ODH053120
ODH053121
Second stage alert
The second stage alarm will activate when:
1.The first stage alert is on.
2.The turn signal light is on to change a lane.
When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror, the head up display and an alarm will sound. Also,
a steering wheel will vibrate (if equipped with LKAS).
If you turn off the turn signal light, the second stage alert will be deactivated.
Detecting sensor
Warning message
ODH053127L
ODH053150L
The sensors are located inside of the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly.
The message will appear to notify
the driver if there are foreign substances on the rear bumper. The light
on the switch and the system will
turn off automatically.
Remove the foreign matter on the
rear bumper.
If the system does not work normally
even though the foreign matter is
removed, take your vehicle to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.
If the system does not work properly,
a warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.
The system will turn off automatically. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-81
5
Driving your vehicle
ODH053033L
Driving your vehicle
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
Operating conditions
✽ NOTICE
The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic
Alert) detecting range is about 1 feet
(0.5 m) ~ 65 feet (20 m). A vehicle
will be detected if the vehicle speed
is 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36
km/h) within the detecting range.
However, the detecting range may
change under different conditions.
Always pay attention to the surroundings.
Warning type
■ Left
ODH053130L
■ Right
ODH054205C
To operate:
Go to the User Settings Mode
(Driving Assist) and select RCTA
(Rear Cross Traffic Alert) on the LCD
display (For more details, refer to
"LCD Display" in chapter 3.). The
system will turn on and standby to
activate. The system will activate
when vehicle speed is below 6 mph
(10 km/h) with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
5-82
ODH053131L
If the vehicle detected by the sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink and a message will appear
on the LCD display.
✽ NOTICE
• If the detected vehicle is out of the
sensing range of your vehicle,
move the vehicle away from the
detected object slowly; the warning will be cancelled.
• The system may not operate properly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention
to your surrounding.
• If your vehicle's left or right side
bumper is blinded by barrier or
vehicles, the system sensing ability
may be reduced.
WARNING
• The warning light on the out-
5
Driving your vehicle
side rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind Spot Detection System
(BSD) and Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA). Do not solely
rely on the system but check
your surrounding before
changing lanes or backing the
vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check the surroundings while driving.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) and Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) are not a
substitute for proper and safe
driving practices. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes or backing the vehicles up. The Blind
Spot Detection System (BSD)
may not detect every object
alongside the vehicle.
5-83
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• The system may not work
properly if the bumper has
been replaced or if repair work
has been done near the sensor.
• The detection area differs
according to the roads width. If
the road is narrow the system
may detect other vehicles in
the next lane. In addition, if the
road is very wide the system
may not detect other vehicles.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
5-84
Non-operating condition
Outside rearview mirror may not
alert the driver when:
- The outside rearview mirror housing is damaged or covered with
debris.
- The window is covered with debris.
- The windows are severely tinted.
DRIVER'S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations for the system may
not detect other vehicles or objects
in certain circumstances.
- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.
- The surrounding of the sensor is
polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc
- The rear bumper near the sensor is
covered or hidden with a foreign
matter such as a sticker, bumper
guard, bicycle stand etc.
- The rear bumper is damaged or
the sensor is out of place.
- The height of the vehicle is altered
such as when the trunk is loaded
with heavy objects, or there is low
tire pressure etc.
- Bad weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
- A fixed object is near such as a
guardrail, tunnel, human and animal etc.
- Metal substances are near the vehicles such as in a construction area.
- A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- When the vehicle is close to another vehicle.
- When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane from
you.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
5
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
- A flat trailer is near.
- If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
- When the other vehicle passes by
at a higher rate of speed.
- When changing lanes.
- When going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
- When the other vehicle drives very
close.
- When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
- When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
- When the sensors are covered by a
wall or a pillar of a parking lot.
- When your vehicle is backing up, if
the detected vehicle also backs up.
- Small objects like shopping carts
and strollers.
- If there is a vehicle with decreased
ride height (lowered).
(Continued)
5-85
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
Rocking the vehicle
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud or sand:
Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking.
Avoid sudden movements in braking
or steering.
If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on
slippery surfaces can cause an
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stuck in ice,
snow, or mud.
5-86
WARNING
If the tires spin at high speed the
tires can explode, and you or
others may be injured. Do not
attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle.
The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire
or other damage. Spin the
wheels as little as possible and
avoid spinning the wheels at
speeds over 35 mph (56 km/h) as
indicated on the speedometer.
CAUTION
If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have
the vehicle pulled out by a tow
vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the
transmission, and tire damage.
See “Towing” in chapter 6.
To prevent damage to the transmission, turn OFF the ESC prior
to rocking the vehicle.
Driving at night
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
5-87
5
Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering
Driving your vehicle
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if
equipped)
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough
tread. If your tires do not have
enough tread, making a quick stop
on wet pavement can cause a skid
and possibly lead to an accident.
Refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
5-88
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet. The
risk of hydroplaning increases as the
depth of tire tread decreases. (Refer
to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.)
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
WINTER DRIVING
Snow or icy conditions
Snow tires
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F
(7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for
your vehicle.
Standard tire
Front
Tire size
Wheel
size
Recommended snow tire
Rear
Tire size
Front
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Rear
Tire size
Wheel
size
245/45R18 8.0Jx18 245/45R18 8.0Jx18
245/40R19 8.5Jx19
or
or
275/35R19 9.0Jx19
245/40R19 8.5Jx19 275/35R19 9.0Jx19 245/40R19 8.5Jx19
245/40R19 8.5Jx19
or
or
275/35R19 9.0Jx19
5-89
5
Driving your vehicle
245/40R19 8.5Jx19
245/45R18 8.0Jx18 245/45R18 8.0Jx18
Driving your vehicle
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same inflation pressure as the original tires.
However, if you mount 245/40R19
size tire on the rear, the tire inflation
pressure should maintain 35psi.
Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle's handling in
all weather conditions. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry road
may not be as high as your vehicle's
original equipment tires. Check with
the tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
✽ NOTICE
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
5-90
Tire chains
WARNING
ODH053135
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of tire
chains. Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels;
if
unavoidable
use
AutoSock® (fabric snow chain).
Install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the tire
chains. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper tire chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
The use of AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain) may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30
km/h) or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed
limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
AutoSock® is a Registered trademark of AutoSock.
✽ NOTICE
• Install AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain) on the rear tires for 2WD
vehicles or on all four tires for
AWD vehicles. It should be noted
that installing AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
CAUTION
When using AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain):
• Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body and wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
AutoSock® is a Registered trademark of AutoSock.
5-91
5
Driving your vehicle
Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain), follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as
tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain), park the vehicle on
level ground away from traffic. Turn
on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the
vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing tire
chains.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver’s door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
5-92
Tire loading information label
Vehicle capacity weight
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
ODH054201N
ODH054203N
ODH054202N
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
5-93
5
Driving your vehicle
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire size,
cold tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and
vehicle capacity weight.
Driving your vehicle
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5-94
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1.Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's placard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an accident.
Example 1
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Example 2
≥
5
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Driving your vehicle
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Example 3
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
5-95
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
OBH059070
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
5-96
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
TRAILER TOWING
CAUTION
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
5
Driving your vehicle
5-97
What to do in an emergency
Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2
If the engine stalls while driving ...................................6-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........6-2
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-3
If the engine will not start ...................................6-3
If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over
slowly ..................................................................................6-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't
start.......................................................................................6-3
If you have a flat tire..........................................6-15
Jack and tools ..................................................................6-15
Changing tires .................................................................6-16
Jack label...........................................................................6-21
Towing ...................................................................6-22
Towing service .................................................................6-22
Removable towing hook ................................................6-23
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24
Jump starting ..........................................................6-4
Push-starting .....................................................................6-6
If the engine overheats ........................................6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-9
Check tire pressure...........................................................6-9
Tire pressure monitoring system ................................6-10
Low tire pressure telltale ..............................................6-11
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure
telltale ................................................................................6-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator .....................................................6-12
Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-13
6
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
ODH063001
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button with the Engine
Start/Stop button in any position. The
button is located in the center fascia
panel. All turn signal lights will flash
simultaneously.
6-2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls while driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the engine doesn't turn over
or turns over slowly
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and park
on firm, level ground. If you are on
a divided highway, do not park in
the median area between the two
traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
move the shift lever into P(Park),
and apply the parking brake, and
place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
• Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine
starts only when the shift lever is in
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
What to do in an emergency
If you have a flat tire while
driving
6
WARNING
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can
lead to damage to the emission
control system.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
(Continued)
6-4
(Continued)
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
✽ NOTICE
Pb
CAUTION
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system)
to jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
Jump starting procedure
✽ NOTICE
Your vehicle has a battery in the
trunk compartment, but when you
jump start your vehicle, use the
jumper terminal in the engine compartment.
1.Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2.Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3.Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
ODH063031
What to do in an emergency
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
6
ODH063032
4.Open the engine hood.
5.Open the small service cover with
a screwdriver.
6.Remove the engine room fuse box
cover.
6-5
What to do in an emergency
7.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
8.Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
9.Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-)
battery/chassis ground of the
assisting vehicle (3).
10. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals
or the correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
11. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
6-6
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1.Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2.Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3.Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4.Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this chapter
for jump-starting.
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
WARNING
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the moving parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent serious injury.
4.Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5.If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
What to do in an emergency
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park) and
set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running or
the steaming has stopped. If there
is no visible loss of engine coolant
and no steam, leave the engine
running and check to be sure the
engine cooling fan is operating. If
the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
6
6-7
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
NEVER remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
6-8
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as
soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
ODH063007
ODH063029L
ODH043232L
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Information Mode on the cluster.
Refer to "User Settings Mode" in
chapter 3.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive
to display” message will appear.
After driving, check the tire pressure.
What to do in an emergency
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings Mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to "User
Settings Mode" in chapter 3).
Check tire pressure
6
6-9
What to do in an emergency
Tire pressure monitoring system
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
6-10
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
✽ NOTICE
Low tire pressure
telltale
Low tire pressure position
and tire pressure telltale
ODH043232L
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated and warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The Low Tire
Pressure Position Telltale will indicate which tire is significantly underinflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will
remain on and the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may blink for one minute
and then remain illuminated (when
the vehicle is driven approximately
20 minutes at speed above 15.5 mph
(25 km/h)) until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
What to do in an emergency
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
1.The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/
TPMS Malfunction Indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned to the ON position or
engine is running.
2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale remains illuminated.
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
6
6-11
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale may
be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
6-12
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
✽ NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure
Position Telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has
an under-inflated tire.
CAUTION
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will
come on. Have the flat tire repaired
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible or replace the
flat tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by HYUNDAI
dealer to repair and/or inflate a
low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure
sensor.
The spare tire (if equipped) does not
come with a tire pressure monitoring
sensor. When the low pressure tire or
the flat tire is replaced with the spare
tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale
will remain on. Also, the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator will illuminate
after blinking for one minute if the
vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5
mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20
minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go
off within a few minutes.
If the indicators do not extinguish
after a few minutes, please visit an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
You may not be able to identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking
at it. Always use a good quality tire
pressure gauge to measure. Please
note that a tire that is hot (from being
driven) will have a higher pressure
measurement than a tire that is cold.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as
police stations, government
and public offices, broadcasting
stations, military installations,
airports, transmitting towers,
etc. Additionally, the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used
or electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote
starters, navigation, etc. This
may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a tire with TPMS
6
What to do in an emergency
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
6-14
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment.
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Jack and tools
ODH063030
ODH063008
➀ Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel nut wrench
④ Screw driver
⑤ Spanner
⑥ Towing hook
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling,” store them in their
proper location.
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
6
What to do in an emergency
Changing tires
WARNING
ODH064034
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by a hand, you can
loosen it easily using the Jack handle.
1. Put the Jack handle (1) into the
inside of tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise by the Jack handle to utilize the principles of the
lever and fulcrum.
CAUTION
When you remove or store the
spare tire, don't give a shock to
the battery.
Shock to the battery may cause
failure of electrical circuits.
6-16
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety precautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a
level, firm place off the road,
call a towing service for assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1.Park on a level, firm surface.
2.Move the shift lever into P(Park),
apply the parking brake, and place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position.
3.Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
ODH063010
ODH063011
ODH063012
5.Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
6.Insert the screwdriver into the
groove of the wheel cap and pry
gently to remove the wheel cap (If
equipped).
7.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
8.Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with two
tabs and a raised dot. Never jack
any other position or part of the
vehicle. It may damage to the side
seal molding.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
Block
6
What to do in an emergency
ODH063013
9.Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
6-18
10. Loosen the lug nuts with the
wheel lug nut wrench and
remove them with your fingers.
Remove the wheel from the
studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Remove any dirt
or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
11. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
12. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
13. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
ODH063014
14. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, we recommend
that an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer tighten the lug nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should
be tightened to 65~79 lb.ft
(9~11 kg.m).
✽ NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as
possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing
that the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric
threads to avoid damaging the
studs and ensure the wheel is
properly secured to the hub.
Consult
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
(if equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
6-19
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”
in chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
6
What to do in an emergency
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
6-20
✽ NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set
correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 65-79 lb.ft (9-11
kg.m).
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the
road conditions to avoid all
hazards, such as a potholes
or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and
reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because
of the smaller size, a tire chain
will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
Jack label
■ Example
• Type A
OHYK064002
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6-21
What to do in an emergency
OHYK064001
• Type B
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
6
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
Towing service
A
CAUTION
B
Dolly
C
Dolly
ODH063020
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial
tow-truck
service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies
or flatbed is recommended.
6-22
ODH063033
When towing the vehicle by flatbed
equipment, secure wheels by using
chocks and tie-down straps (or soft
belts).
Do not place straps over body panels
or through the wheels.
CAUTION
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow
fitting or body and chassis
parts. Otherwise the vehicle
may be damaged.
The AWD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or
the AWD system.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the front wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the rear wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
rear wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the front.
ODH063021
Removable towing hook
(if equipped)
■ Front
CAUTION
Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to
the transmission.
ODH063015
■ Rear
6
ODH063022
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with
the rear wheels on the ground
as this may cause damage to
the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1.Set the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position.
2.Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3.Release the parking brake.
ODH063016
1.Open the trunk, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2.Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
6-23
What to do in an emergency
3.Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4.Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency towing
(if equipped)
■ Front
ODH063017
■ Rear
ODH063018
If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow truck service.
6-24
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
CAUTION
ODH063025
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inches
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transmission for fluid leaks under
your vehicle. If the automatic transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed
equipment or a towing dolly must
be used.
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead
when using the towing hooks.
Do not pull from the side or at
a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks
to pull a vehicle out of mud,
sand or other conditions from
which the vehicle cannot be
driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to 10
mph (15 km/h) and drive less
than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious damage
to the automatic transmission.
6-25
What to do in an emergency
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
6
Maintenance
Engine compartment .............................................7-3
Maintenance services ...........................................7-5
Air cleaner ............................................................7-35
Owner's responsibility......................................................7-5
Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-5
Climate control air filter .....................................7-36
Owner maintenance...............................................7-6
Wiper blades .........................................................7-38
Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-7
Blade inspection ..............................................................7-38
Blade replacement ..........................................................7-38
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule.......................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..........7-22
Explanation of scheduled maintenance
items.......................................................................7-24
Engine oil ..............................................................7-27
Engine coolant......................................................7-29
Checking the engine coolant level..............................7-29
Changing engine coolant...............................................7-31
Brake fluid ............................................................7-32
Checking the brake fluid level .....................................7-32
Washer fluid .........................................................7-34
Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-34
Parking brake .......................................................7-34
Checking the parking brake .........................................7-34
Filter inspection...............................................................7-36
Battery...................................................................7-40
For best battery service................................................7-41
Battery recharging .........................................................7-42
Reset features .................................................................7-44
Tires and wheels ..................................................7-45
Tire care ............................................................................7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............7-46
Check tire inflation pressure........................................7-47
Tire rotation .....................................................................7-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance ..............................7-49
Tire replacement .............................................................7-49
Wheel replacement .........................................................7-50
Tire traction......................................................................7-50
Tire maintenance ............................................................7-51
Tire sidewall labeling......................................................7-51
Tire terminology and definitions.................................7-55
All season tires ................................................................7-58
Maintenance
Checking the engine oil level .......................................7-27
Checking the engine oil and filter ..............................7-28
Filter replacement...........................................................7-35
7
Summer tires ....................................................................7-58
Snow tires .........................................................................7-58
Radial-ply tires ................................................................7-59
Low aspect ratio tires ....................................................7-59
Fuses......................................................................7-61
Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-62
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........7-64
Fuse/Relay panel description ......................................7-66
Light bulbs.............................................................7-79
Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp, side
marker and front fog lamp bulb replacement .........7-79
Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-83
Rear combination light bulb replacement .................7-83
High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-85
License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-86
Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-86
Appearance care ..................................................7-87
7
Exterior care ....................................................................7-87
Interior care......................................................................7-92
Emission control system .....................................7-94
California perchlorate notice .............................7-98
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.8)
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
Maintenance
6. Engine oil filler cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
7
The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODH016005N
7-3
Maintenance
■ Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0)
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODH016006N
7-4
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Owner's responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner maintenance precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products with
special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established
by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're
unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Maintenance
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. An authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
meets Genesis Branded Vehicle's
high service quality standards and
receives technical support from
Genesis Branded Vehicle in order to
provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
7
7-5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products. ALWAYS follow these
precautions for performing
maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground, move the shift lever
into the P (Park, for automatic
transmission vehicle) position, apply the parking brake,
place the Engine Start/Stop
button in the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
(Continued)
7-6
(Continued)
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check for low or under-inflated
tires.
WARNING
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
Maintenance
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
While operating your vehicle:
7
7-7
Maintenance
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
7-8
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICES
Follow
Normal
Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow
the Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
For additional information or assistance see your authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Normal maintenance schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
7-9
Maintenance
*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available
from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix
other additives.
*2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for
this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.
3
* : Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products perform the operation.
5
* : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)
7-10
15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pad, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pad
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)
30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
7-11
Maintenance
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *3
(Inspect 37,500 miles (60,000km) or 48months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)
7-12
45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
(Continued)
7-13
Maintenance
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect valve clearance (Lambda Engine) *4
(Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months)
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
(Continued)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
7-14
67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)
Maintenance
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *3
(Inspect 75,000 miles (120,000km) or 96months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months
7
7-15
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
(Continued)
7-16
(Continued)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months
7-17
Maintenance
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *3
(112,500 miles (180,000km) or 144months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect valve clearance (Lambda Engine) *4
(Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months)
(Continued)
7-18
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
(Continued)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
❑ Replace coolant
(First, 120,000 miles (210,000 km) or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 102 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)
Maintenance
7
7-19
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
7-20
142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 114 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)
Normal maintenance schedule (CONT.)
150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 120 months
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *3
(150,000 miles (240,000km) or 192months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)
❑ Replace coolant
(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *1
(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)
Maintenance
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
(Continued)
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transmission fluid
7
✽ NOTICE
After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000 km) continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
(Continued)
7-21
Maintenance
Maintenance under severe usage conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or
6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
I
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Rear brake disc /pads
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
MAINTENANCE ITEM
7-22
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
6 months
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Front(AWD)/rear differential oil
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Propeller shaft
I
Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
6 months
C, E
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)
in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
E - Driving in sandy areas
7-23
7
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the car
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes
are required.
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently. After
installing a new filter, run the engine
for several minutes, and check for
leaks at the connections. Fuel filters
should be installed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace
any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
7-24
Air cleaner filter
A Genesis/Hyundai Part air cleaner
filter is recommended when the filter
is replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance
(Lambda engine)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products perform the operation.
Cooling system
Engine coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance to
the scheduled maintenance at the
beginning of this chapter.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission
malfunction and failure. Use
only the specified automatic
transmission fluid (refer to
"Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities" in chapter 8).
✽ NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color
is basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker. This is a normal condition and you should not judge the
need to replace the fluid based upon
the changed color.
Maintenance
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Automatic transmission fluid
7
7-25
Maintenance
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Brake fluid
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Check brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Parking brake
Suspension mounting bolts
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
7-26
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
ODH076002N
■ Tau 5.0L
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not overfill with engine oil.
Add oil in small quantities and
recheck level to ensure engine is
not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil. Use
a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately
Maintenance
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set and the wheels blocked.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the
engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about
five minutes for the oil to return to
the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
✽ NOTICE
■ Lambda 3.8L
7
ODH073061L
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
7-27
Maintenance
■ Lambda 3.8L
Checking the engine oil and
filter
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
ODH076003N
■ Tau 5.0L
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
ODH076062N
✽ NOTICE
Use only the specified engine oil
(refer
to
"Recommended
Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-28
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the engine coolant
level
WARNING
Never remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Maintenance
ODH073005
(Continued)
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
7
(Continued)
7-29
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant
WARNING
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan.
The electric motor for the cooling fan
is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off. This
is a normal condition. If your vehicle
is equipped with GDI, the electric
motor for the cooling fan may begin
to operate at any time and continue
to operate until you disconnect the
negative battery cable.
7-30
ODH073004
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring
the level to the F mark, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, we recommend that you
see an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for a cooling system inspection.
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or
soft water for your vehicle and
never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
5°F (-15°C)
-13°F (-25°C)
-31°F (-35°C)
-49°F (-45°C)
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
✽ NOTICE
Have coolant changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products
according
to
the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
CAUTION
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around
the radiator cap before refilling
the coolant to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
engine parts, such as the generator.
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Engine coolant can severely
obscure
visibility
when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Engine coolant may also
cause damage to paint and
body trim.
Maintenance
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a
50% water and 50% antifreeze mix
is the easiest to mix together as it
will be the same quantity of each. It
is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of -31°F and higher.
Changing engine coolant
7
7-31
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level
If the level is low, add the specified
brake fluid to the MAX level. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associated
with the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
WARNING
ODH076006N
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
7-32
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this
could indicate a leak in the
brake system. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come
in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid comes in contact
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
CAUTION
• Do not allow brake fluid to
Maintenance
contact the vehicle’s body
paint, as paint damage will
result.
• Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER
be used as its quality cannot
be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of
brake fluid. A few drops of
mineral based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts.
✽ NOTICE
Use only the specified brake fluid
(refer
to
"Recommended
Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7
7-33
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level
ODH073007
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7-34
CAUTION
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure
visibility
when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and
body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
Checking the parking brake
Foot type
ODH053142
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 44 lb (20 kg,
196 N) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Stroke : 3 notch
AIR CLEANER
We recommend that you visit an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace air
cleaner filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule
Filter replacement
■ Lambda engine, Tau engine
✽ NOTICE
ODH073008
■ Tau engine
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will
result in excessive engine
wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Genesis/Hyundai Part,
use of non-Genesis/Hyundai
Part could damage the air flow
sensor.
Maintenance
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
CAUTION
7
ODH073063L
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned
for inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter. If
soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
7-35
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
ODH073009
1. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides to allow
the glove box to hang freely on the
hinges.
7-36
ODH073010
2. Remove the support rod (1).
✽ NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (↓) facing downwards.
Otherwise, the climate control
effects may decrease, possibly with a
noise.
OVI075200K
3. Remove the climate control air filter case by pulling out left sides of
the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
Maintenance
ODH073011
7
7-37
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection
CAUTION
OLMB073019
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean
cloth dampened with washer fluid.
7-38
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on
or near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper
blades.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
CAUTION
✽ NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
The use of a non-specified
wiper blade could result in
wiper malfunction and failure.
Front windshield wiper blade
ODH073014
ODH073016
ODH073013
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
Maintenance
For your convenience, move the
windshield wiper blades to the service position as follows;
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping
(MIST) position within 20 seconds
and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the wiper blade is in the
fully up position.
ODH073015
ODH073017
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and
install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
6. Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
7-39
7
Maintenance
BATTERY
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
7-40
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
WARNING
For best battery service
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
ODH073029
Maintenance
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
CAUTION
• When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low
temperature area, disconnect
the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery
fully to prevent battery case
damage in low temperature
areas.
7
ODH073030
The battery is in the trunk.
When replacing the battery, disconnect the negative (-) cable (1) and
remove the positive (+) battery fuse
box (2).
7-41
Maintenance
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
7-42
Battery recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
CAUTION
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenancefree and we recommend that
the AGM battery be serviced
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For charging your AGM battery, use only fully automatic
battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery, we recommend that you
use parts for replacement
from an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the
cap on top of the battery. This
may cause leaks of internal
electrolyte that could result in
severe injury.
WARNING
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, idle vehicle with headlights on
for 20-30 minutes and then drive the
vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is
shut off. The vehicle may not restart
if you shut it off before the battery
had a chance to adequately
recharge. See "Jump Starting" in
chapter 6 for more information on
jump starting procedures.
✽ NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
Maintenance
Always follow these instructions when recharging your
vehicle's battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories
and press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
(2) Unhook
the
negative
clamp from the negative
battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal.
• Always use a Genesis/
Hyundai Part approved battery when you replace the battery.
7
7-43
Maintenance
Reset features
Some items need to be reset after
the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
See chapter 3 for:
• Auto up/down window
• Sunroof
• Trip computer
• Climate control system
7-44
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Maintenance
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and
on the tire label located on the
driver's side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering) control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
7
7-45
Maintenance
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
ODH083005L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar
7-46
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in
chapter 8.
WARNING
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to
put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If a valve
cap is missing, install a new one as
soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
Maintenance
Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation is also possible.
Keep your tire pressures at the
proper levels. If a tire frequently
needs refilling, have it checked
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a
greater possibility of damage
from road hazards.
Check tire inflation pressure
7
7-47
Maintenance
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated every 7,500 miles
(12,000 km) or sooner if irregular
wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
65-79 lbf·ft [9-11 kgf·m]).
7-48
✽ NOTICE
■ 18inch tire
If your tire is unsymmetrical tire,
check the outside and inside marked
in tire.
If the inside tire is installed on outside, the vehicle driving and wear
performance may be damaged.
WARNING
ODH073802
■ 19inch tire
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
ODH073803
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
WARNING
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss
of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that was
originally supplied with this
vehicle. Using tires and wheels
other than the recommended
sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect
your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
When replacing tires (or
wheels), it is recommended to
replace the two front or two rear
tires (or wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.
(Continued)
7-49
Maintenance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Tire replacement
7
Maintenance
(Continued)
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that tires be
replaced after six (6) years of
normal service.
Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
warning may cause sudden tire
failure, which could lead to a
loss of vehicle control resulting
in an accident.
Compact spare tire replacement
Wheel replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
WARNING
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
7-50
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
225/55R18 105T
225 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
105 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
7-51
Maintenance
Tire sidewall labeling
1
7
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.5JX18
6.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
7-52
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h)
118 mph (190 km/h)
130 mph (210 km/h)
149 mph (240 km/h)
Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 2716 represents
that the tire was produced in the 27th
week of 2016.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD wear 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7-53
Maintenance
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
6. Maximum load rating
7
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7-54
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Cold Tire Pressure
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Bead
Curb Weight
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
DOT Markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date
of production.
7-55
Maintenance
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Belt
7
Maintenance
GVWR
Load Ratings
Normal Occupant Weight
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Load Index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT) Tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
7-56
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Occupant Distribution
Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords
Pneumatic Tire
Radial Ply Tire
Tread
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Production Options Weight
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
Sidewall
UTQGS
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Rim
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
7-57
Maintenance
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Treadwear Indicators
7
Maintenance
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
7-58
All season tires
Snow tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
all season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use all
year round, including snowy and icy
road conditions. All season tires are
identified by ALL SEASON and/or
M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires
and may be more appropriate in
some areas.
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver's side of
the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Summer tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. If you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends the use of snow tires or
all season tires on all four wheels.
Radial-ply tires
Low aspect ratio tires
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking, it
may be more uncomfortable to ride
in and there is more noise compare
with normal tires.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Maintenance
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7
7-59
Maintenance
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000km).
7-60
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest
hint of tire damage, have the
tire checked or replaced
because the tire damage may
cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Normal
Blown
Normal
Blown
■ Fusible link
Normal
✽ NOTICE
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and fusible link for
higher amperage ratings.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
Blown
OLMB073029/OBH072060
7-61
Maintenance
■ Multi fuse
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, disconnect the negative battery
cable. Always replace a blown fuse
with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
7
Maintenance
CAUTION
Instrument panel fuse replacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
ODH073054
ODH073031
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
7-62
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuses
panel.
6. Remove and check the suspected
fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare
fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the
engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced with the
same rating.
Fuse switch
CAUTION
• Always place the fuse switch
in the ON position while driving the vehicle.
• Do not move the transportation fuse switch repeatedly.
The fuse switch may be damaged.
ODH073032
Maintenance
Always, place the fuse switch to the
ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
the smart key may not work properly.
7
7-63
Maintenance
Engine compartment panel
fuse replacement
ODH073054
ODH073056
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
7-64
4. Remove and check the suspected
fuse; replace it if it is blown. To
remove or insert the fuse, use the
fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Main fuse
ODH073057A
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
Multi fuse
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
ODH073055
Maintenance
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up.
4. Remove the bolts shown in the
picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7
7-65
Maintenance
Fuse/Relay panel description
Instrument panel fuse panel
ODH073035
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle; the information is
accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box
label.
7-66
ODH074051N
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
P/HANDLE
15A
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
MEMORY
10A
Passenger Power Outside Mirror
CLUSTER
10A
Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
3
3
Circuit Protected
GATEWAY
10A
Gateway (IG1 (MCU))
A/BAG IND
10A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module
SMART KEY
10A
Smart Key Control Module
10A
BCM, Sport Mode Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH
20A
Passenger CCS Module, Passenger Seat Warmer Control Module
MEMORY
10A
Driver Power Outside Mirror
MULTI MEDIA
20A
Fuse - MULTIMEDIA 2, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
B/A HORN
10A
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
9
MODULE
10A
Multifunction Switch
4
MODULE
10A
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH Crash Pad Switch,
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Console Switch LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH,
Front Parking Assist Sensor (Center), ECS Unit, Electronic Parking Brake Switch,
Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor (Center), LKAS Module
5
MODULE
10A
Multipurpose Check Connector, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/C Control Module,
I-Box, AMP, Driver/Passenger CCS Module, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer
Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH, Driver IMS Control Module
2
1
Maintenance
MODULE
S/HEATER PASS
3
7
7-67
Maintenance
Fuse Name
10A
BCM
MULTI MEDIA
10A
Keyboard, I-Box, Front Monitor
MEMORY
10A
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, External Buzzer, BCM, Analog Clock, A/C Control Module,
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Security Indicator, Head-Up Display, Instrument Cluster,
Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH, Power Trunk Lid Control Module
SMART KEY
10A
Start/Stop Button Switch
MODULE
10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
1
1
8
A/CON
10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Blower Relay), Ionizer Co2 Sensor, A/C Control Module
P/DOOR PASS
15A
Passenger Door Latch
DOOR LAMP
10A
Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH
MODULE
10A
Parking Guide Unit, Head-Up Display Sunroof, Passenger Lumbar Support Unit,
Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Remote Control Switch)
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
10A
Pre-Active Seat Belt Module
POWER OUTLET
20A
Not Used
STOP LAMP
15A
Stop Signal Electronic Module
MODULE
10A
Gateway (B+ (MCU)), Rain Sensor, Hazard Switch Trunk Lid Main Switch,
Electronic Parking Brake Switch
A/BAG
15A
SRS Control Module
P/SEAT PASS
30A
Passenger Power Seat Relay Box
INTERIOR LAMP
10A
Room Lamp, Room Lamp LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp, Glove Box, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH,
Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp LH/RH
7
3
Circuit Protected
MODULE
10
2
Fuse rating
1
1
7-68
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
SMART KEY
15A
Smart Key Control Module
POWER OUTLET
20A
Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
MODULE
15A
Head Lamp LH/RH, Auto Hold & Drive Mode Switch, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, A/T Shift
Lever IND.
P/WDW LH
30A
Driver Power Window Module, Rear Door Module LH, Rear Power Window Module LH
SUNROOF
25A
Sunroof Motor
BRAKE SWITCH
10A
Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
POWER OUTLET
20A
Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
HTD STRG
15A
Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Heated Module)
2
1
6
2
Circuit Protected
30A
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Relay Box
15A
Driver Door Latch
MODULE
10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, Analog Clock, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
Keyboard, I-Box, Front Monitor, Parking Guide Unit
2
Maintenance
P/SEAT DRV
P/DOOR DRV
1
7
7-69
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
ODH073033
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle; the information is
accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in
your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
7-70
ODH073034
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
ALT
200A
Alternator, Multifuse (BATT) - B+2/ B+5/ MDPS 1/ C/FAN, Fuse - P/SEAT DRV 2/ P/SEAT RR/ SEAT
LUMBAR/ ESC 1/ ESC 2
1
B+
60A
IGPM (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, Leak Current Autocut Device (Fuse - INTERIOR LAMP/ MULTI MEDIA 1/
MEMORY 1/ MEMORY 2/ MEMORY 3), IPS 1)
3
B+
60A
IGPM (Fuse - SMART KEY 1/ SMART KEY 2/ MODULE 1/ B/A HORN, IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 7)
4
B+
60A
IGPM (Fuse - DOOR LAMP/ STOP LAMP, IPS 4/IPS 6)
6
B+
60A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - ECU 3/ IG2/ MODULE 1)
7
B+
80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - HORN/ ACC/ EPB 1/ EPB 2)
2
B+
60A
IGPM (Fuse - P/HANDLE/ P/WDW LH/ P/SEAT PASS 1/ S/HEATER PASS/ MODULE 10/ SUNROOF/
P/DOOR DRV/ P/DOOR PASS)
C/FAN
70A
RLY. 1 (C/Fan Relay)
B+
80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - BLOWER/ DEICER/ H/LAMP WASHER)
MDPS 1
125A
MDPS Unit
Maintenance
B/UP LAMP
10A
TCM, Transmission Range Switch, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V &
Navigation Head Unit
7
P/SEAT RR
30A
Not Used
1
ESC
40A
ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
2
ESC
40A
ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
5
7-71
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
SEAT LUMBAR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Seat Relay Box, Driver/Passenger Lumbar Support Unit
P/SEAT DRV
25A
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Power Seat Relay Box
ACTIVE
HOOD LH
30A
Not Used
ACTIVE
HOOD RH
30A
Not Used
WIPER
30A
Wiper Motor
S/HEATER DRV
25A
Driver CCS Module, Driver Seat Warmer Control Module
2
Circuit Protected
4WD
30A
4WD ECM
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
30A
Pre-Active Seat Belt Module
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
30A
Pre-Active Seat Belt Module
H/LAMP HI SOL
10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Head Lamp High Solenoid Relay)
1
2
7-72
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
IG2
30A
IG2 Relay
ECU
30A
Engine Control Relay
MODULE
10A
4WD ECM, Smart Cruise Control Radar, Active Air Flap
WIPER
10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Wiper Relay)
3
1
2
Circuit Protected
WASHER
20A
Washer Relay
2
SENSOR
10A
ECM, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
1
SENSOR
10A
ECM, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4, Canister Close Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake
Solenoid Valve #1/#2
3
SENSOR
10A
ECM, Rear Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
4
10A
C/Fan Relay, Camshaft Position Valve (G8BE)
15A
Injector Drive Box
IGN COIL
20A
G6DJ : Condenser, Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6, G8BE : Condenser #1/#2, Ignition Coil
#1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8
DEICER
20A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Front Deicer Relay)
H/LAMP WASHER
25A
Head Lamp Washer Relay
A/CON
10A
A/C Control Module
BLOWER
40A
Blower Relay
2
Maintenance
SENSOR
INJECTOR
7
7-73
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
IG1
40A
IG1 Relay
START
30A
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 2 - Start Relay)
1
ECU
15A
ECM, Injector Drive Box
1
TCU
20A
TCM
3
ESC
10A
ESC Module, Steering Angle Sensor
MODULE
10A
Smart Cruise Control Radar, Active Air Flap
MDPS
10A
MDPS Unit
SENSOR
10A
G6DJ : Oil Pressure Solenoid Velve
HORN
20A
Horn Relay
2
ECU
10A
ECM, Injector Drive Box, Alternator (G8BE)
2
TCU
15A
TCM, Transmission Range Switch, 4WD ECM
2
EPB
15A
Electronic Parking Brake Module
1
EPB
15A
Electronic Parking Brake Module
ACC
40A
ACC Relay
3
2
5
7-74
Circuit Protected
Trunk fuse panel
(Rear fuse box panel)
Maintenance
ODH073036
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
ODH074052N
7-75
7
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
P/TRUNK
30A
Power Trunk Lid Control Module
P/DOOR RR RH
15A
Rear Door Latch RH
DR LOCK
15A
Passenger Door Module
P/DOOR RR LH
15A
Rear Door Latch LH
3
SPARE
15A
Spare Fuse
1
2
2
SPARE
10A
Spare Fuse
P/SEAT PASS
25A
Passenger Power Seat Relay Box
F/LID
10A
Fuel Lid Open Relay, Crash Pad Switch
1
ECS
15A
ECS Unit
DR LOCK
10A
Driver Door Module
SPARE
15A
Spare Fuse
5
TRUNK
10A
Trunk Lid Relay, Power Trunk Module Buzzer
S/HEATER RR RH
20A
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH
FOG LAMP RR
10A
Not Used
AMP
25A
AMP
S/HEATER RR LH
20A
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH
P/WDW RH
30A
Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module RH
F/PUMP
20A
Fuel Pump Relay
RR HTD
40A
Rear Defogger Relay
7-76
Trunk fuse panel
(Battery box fuse panel)
• Battery box fuse panel
Maintenance
ODH073037
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
7
ODH074038N
7-77
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
9
B+
100A
Rear Junction Block (Fuse - RR HTD/ P/TRUNK/ ECS/ F/LID/ P/DOOR RR RH/ DR LOCK 2/ P/DOOR
RR LH/ AMP/ P/SEAT PASS 2/ DR LOCK 1/ TRUNK/ S/HEATER RR RH/ S/HEATER RR LH/ P/WDW RH/
F/PUMP)
8
B+
80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - TCU/ ECU 1/ START/ IG 1)
AMS
10A
Battery Sensor
7-78
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to
replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can get
to the bulb. This is especially true for
removing the headlamp assembly to
get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
After heavy driving, rain or washing, headlamp and trunk lenses
could appear frosty. This condition
is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and
the outside temperature. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the
rain and doesn’t indicate a problem
with your vehicle. If the water leaks
into the lamp bulb circuitry, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the foot brake, move
the shift lever into P (Park)
apply the parking brake, press
the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, and take
the key with you when leaving
the vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be
hot and may burn your fingers.
Headlamp, position lamp, turn
signal lamp, side marker and
front fog lamp bulb replacement
Type A
■ Type A
ODH073039
(1) Turn signal lamp/Position lamp
(2) Headlamp (High)/
Daytime running lights
(3) Headlamp (Low)
(4) Side marker
(5) Fog lamp
7-79
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
WARNING
7
Maintenance
Type B
Headlight (HID type)
■ Type B
WARNING
HID Headlamp low beam
ODH073039
(1) Turn signal lamp
(2) Headlamp (High/Low)
(3) Side marker
(4) Position lamp/Daytime running
lights
(5) Fog lamp
7-80
Do not attempt to replace or
inspect the low beam (XENON
bulb) due to electric shock danger. If the low beam (XENON
bulb) is not working, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
CAUTION
If your vehicle is equipped with
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
headlights, these headlights
contain mercury. So if you need
to have your vehicle disposed,
you should remove the HID
Headlights before disposal. The
removed HID headlights should
be recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste.
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
✽ NOTICE
HID lamps have superior performance vs. halogen bulbs.
HID lamps are estimated by the
manufacturer to last twice as long or
longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use. They
will probably require replacement
at some point in the life of the vehicle. Cycling the headlamps on and
off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life. HID lamps do not
fail in the same manner as halogen
incandescent lamps. If a headlamp
goes out after a period of operation
but will immediately relight when
the headlamp switch is cycled it is
likely the HID lamp needs to be
replaced. HID lighting components
are more complex than conventional
halogen bulbs thus have higher
replacement cost.
✽ NOTICE
We recommend that the headlamp
aiming be adjusted after an accident
or after the headlamp assembly is
reinstalled at an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Headlamp
■ High beam
ODH074065N
■ Low beam
A
A
ODH073064L
7-81
Maintenance
ODH074064N
■ Headlamp (BI-FUNCTION)
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the hood.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket. (Bulb type)
Remove the connector (A) and pull
the BI-FUNCTION lamp. (BIFUNCTION type)
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place. (Bulb type)
Connect the BI-FUNCTION lamp
to the cable and install the connector (A). (BI-FUNCTION type)
6.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7
Maintenance
Turn signal light
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
6.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
7.Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
If the turn signal light (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
■ Bulb type
ODH073066L
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the hood.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7-82
Position and front fog lamp/
bulbs
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Side repeater lamp replacement
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
Type A
Type B
■ Type B
■ Type A
ODH073041
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
ODH073041
(1) Stop/tail light
(2) Turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
(4) Side marker
(1) Stop/tail light
(2) Turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
(4) Side marker
Maintenance
ODH073040
7
7-83
Maintenance
Rear turn signal lamp
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
6.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7.Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
ODH073067L
Type A
1.Open the trunk lid.
2.Open the service cover.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7-84
Type B
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Back up lamp
ODH073068L
Type A
1.Open the trunk.
2.Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove the
cover.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
6.Install the socket into the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7.Reinstall the trunk lid cover by
pushing in the screw.
Type B
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Stop and tail lamp
High mounted stop lamp
If the lamp does not operate, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
ODH073042
Maintenance
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
7
7-85
Maintenance
License plate light bulb
replacement
Interior light bulb replacement
■ Luggage room lamp
■ Glove box lamp
ODH073043
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
ODH073044/ODH073045
If the interior lamp does not operate,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
7-86
APPEARANCE CARE
Finish maintenance
Washing
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Maintenance
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
7
7-87
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap,
chemical detergents or hot
water, and do not wash the
vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle
is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the
plastic parts, do not clean
with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
7-88
OLMB073082
CAUTION
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier
between your paint and contaminate.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
CAUTION
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
Underbody maintenance
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
✽ NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
7-89
Maintenance
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
7
Maintenance
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
CAUTION
• Do not use abrasive cleaner,
•
•
•
•
7-90
polishing compound, solvent,
or wire brushes on aluminum
wheels.
Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean
the wheels after driving on
salted roads.
Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces cars of the highest quality.
However, this is only part of the job.
To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver,
the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
Maintenance
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
7
7-91
Maintenance
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
7-92
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your car in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash
your vehicle in the garage or drive it
into the garage when it is still wet or
covered with snow, ice or mud. Even
a heated garage can contribute to
corrosion unless it is well ventilated
so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
CAUTION
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats
etc.), use neutral detergents
or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol
content
solutions
or
acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade
or the surface may get
stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
CAUTION
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
Maintenance
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
CAUTION
7
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's
appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
7-93
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
this manual.
7-94
CAUTION
For
the
Inspection
and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from
misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC
switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the
ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control system including
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
Vehicle modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle
could affect its performance, safety
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
Maintenance
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
7
7-95
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
7-96
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running. To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take
the following precautions:
CAUTION
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL
for gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle
Maintenance
when there are signs of
engine malfunction, such as
misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse
are coasting with the engine
off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine
off.
• Do not operate the engine at
high idle speed for extended
periods (5 minutes or more).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not modify or tamper with
any part of the engine or
emission control system. All
inspections and adjustments
must be made by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Avoid driving with extremely
low fuel level. If you run out of
gasoline, it could cause the
engine to misfire and result in
excessive loading of the catalytic converter.
7
7-97
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-98
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity number .........................8-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN)....................8-8
Vehicle certification label .....................................8-8
Tire specification and pressure label .................8-9
Engine number .......................................................8-9
Refrigerant label ....................................................8-9
Consumer information.........................................8-10
Reporting safety defects....................................8-11
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2
Engine ......................................................................8-2
Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3
Tires and wheels ....................................................8-4
Luggage volume .....................................................8-5
Air conditioning system ........................................8-5
Gross vehicle weight .............................................8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-6
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Item
in (mm)
Overall length
196.5 (4,990)
Overall width
74.4 (1,890)
Overall height
58.3 (1,480)
Front tread
64.09 (1,628)*1 / 63.78 (1,620)*2
Rear tread
65.31 (1,659)*1 / 64.29 (1,633)*2
Wheelbase
118.5 (3,010)
ENGINE
Item
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
8-2
Lambda 3.8
Tau 5.0
230.54 (3,778)
307.3 (5,038)
3.78x3.42 (96x87)
3.78x3.42 (96x87)
1-2-3-4-5-6
1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3
6, V-type
8, V-type
*1 : with R18 tire
*2 : with R19 tire
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Headlamp
Front
Rear
Interior
Low
High
Turn signal lamp
Position lamp
Daytime running lights
Fog lamp
Side repeater lamps (Outside mirror)
High mounted stop light
Turn signal light
Stop and tail lights (Outside)
Rear combination lamp
Stop and tail lights (Inside)
Back up light
License plate lights
Luggage lamp
Map lamp
Room lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
Wattage
H11 / D1S
HB3 / BI-FCN
LED / PY28W
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
28/8W NA / LED
LED
LED
W16W / LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
Bulb type (W)
55 / 35
60 / LED / 28
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
28 / LED
LED
LED
16 / LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
8
8-3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item
Full size tire (2WD)
Full size tire (AWD)
Compact spare tire
(if equipped)
Tire size
Wheel size
245/45R18
245/40R19
275/35R19
245/45R18
245/40R19
275/35R19
T135/80R18
T135/70R19
8.0JX18
8.5JX19
9.0JX19
8.0JX18
8.5JX19
9.0JX19
4.0TX18
4.0TX19
Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Normal load
Maximum load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
230 (33)
230 (33)
230 (33)
230 (33)
230 (33)
230 (33)
240 (35)
240 (35)
230 (33)
230 (33)
230 (33)
230 (33)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
Wheel lug nut
torque kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N.m)
9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
✽ NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to
drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air
inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
8-4
ltem
Lambda 3.8
Tau 5.0
15.3 cu ft (433 l)
SAE
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Item
Weight of volume
Classification
Refrigerant
700±25g
R-134a
Compressor lubricant
120±10g
PAG (FD46XG)
We recommend that you contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
lbs (kg)
Lambda 3.8
Tau 5.0
2WD
AWD
2WD
AWD
5,379 (2,440)
5,511 (2,500)
5,556 (2,520)
-
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
LUGGAGE VOLUME
8
8-5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Volume
Classification
Lambda 3.8
7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)
ACEA A5/B5
Tau 5.0
8.45 US qt. (8.0 l)
SAE 5W-20 API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) *3
Lambda 3.8
11.09 US qt. (10.5 l)
Tau 5.0
10.46 US qt. (9.9 l)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR,
Genesis/Hyundai ATF SP-IV-RR
Lubricant
Engine oil *1 *2 *3
(drain and refill)
Recommends
Automatic transmission fluid
Lambda 3.8
8.88 US qt. (8.4 l)
Tau 5.0
12.16 US qt. (11.5 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol
base coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.74~0.85 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Front (AWD)
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
Rear
1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)
Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W/90 or equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.65 US qt. (0.62 l)
SHELL TF0870
Fuel
20.34 US gal. (77 l)
Unleaded gasoline
Coolant
Brake fluid
Front (AWD)/rear differential oil
* Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
1
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API SM & ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SL & ILSAC GF-3.
8-6
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms
that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
■ Lambda 3.8
Temperature
Engine Oil *1
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
10W-30
5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of
a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5/B5). However, if the
engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine
oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
■ Tau 5.0
Temperature
Engine Oil *1
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
°F
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
10W-30
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
8
5W-20, 5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of
a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above)).
However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8-7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
■ Frame number
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ VIN label (if equipped)
ODH083001
ODH083004L
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
8-8
ODH083002
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
ENGINE NUMBER
REFRIGERANT LABEL
(IF EQUIPPED)
■ Lambda Engine
ODH086003N
■ Tau Engine
ODH083005L
ODH083006L
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and
amount.
The label is located on the underside
of the hood.
ODH086007N
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
8
8-9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. Your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products will
help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the
information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest
Genesis Customer Care Regional Office as listed in the following:
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware,
Maine,
Massachusetts,
New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania,
Rhode
Island,
Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,
West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway
Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
8-10
South Central Region:
Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,
Tennessee, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400
Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,
Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,
Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.
Central Region
1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora, Illinois
60506
(800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
Oregon,
Utah,
Washington,
Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box
20850 Fountain Valley, California
92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis
Customer Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
8
8-11
Index
I
Index
A
Advanced smart cruise control system ...........................5-54
Air bags...........................................................................2-46
Driver’s and passenger’s front air bags......................2-48
Side air bags ...............................................................2-49
Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-50
Air bag warning light .................................................2-52
Occupant classification system ..................................2-57
Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-68
Air cleaner.......................................................................7-34
Air conditioning system................................................3-134
Alarm system ..................................................................3-15
All wheel drive (AWD) ..................................................5-19
Antenna .............................................................................4-3
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .......................................5-35
Appearance care..............................................................7-87
Exterior care ...............................................................7-87
Interior care ................................................................7-92
Auto Hold .......................................................................5-31
Automatic climate control system ................................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-136
Automatic transmission ..................................................5-11
Sports mode................................................................5-14
Paddle shifter..............................................................5-15
Shift lock system ........................................................5-16
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)...........................5-45
I-2
B
Bag hanger ....................................................................3-159
Battery.............................................................................7-40
Battery saver function ...................................................3-115
Before driving ...................................................................5-4
Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ..............................5-78
Blind Spot Detection/Lane Change Assist .................5-79
Rear Cross Traffic Alert .............................................5-82
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-32
Brake system...................................................................5-23
Foot parking brake .....................................................5-24
Electronic parking brake (EPB) .................................5-26
Auto Hold ...................................................................5-31
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...................................5-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-41
Good braking practices ..............................................5-41
Bulb replacement ............................................................7-79
Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button..................5-6
C
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination..................................................................3-63
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ..................................3-62
Daytime running lights (DRL)......................................3-116
Defogging (Windshield) ...............................................3-148
Defroster (Rear window) ..............................................3-132
Defrosting (Windshield) ...............................................3-148
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination..................................................................3-63
Displays, see instrument cluster .....................................3-62
Door locks.......................................................................3-12
Central door lock switch ............................................3-13
Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-14
I-3
Index
California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-98
Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................8-6
Care
Tire care......................................................................7-45
Exterior care ...............................................................7-87
Interior care ................................................................7-92
Center console storage ..................................................3-153
Central door lock switch.................................................3-13
Chains
Tire chains ..................................................................5-90
Changing tires .................................................................6-16
Checking tire inflation pressure......................................7-41
Child restraint system (CRS) ..........................................2-35
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-36
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-38
Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-14
Climate control additional features...............................3-151
Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-151
Smart ventilation ......................................................3-151
Rear climate system ON/OFF ..................................3-152
CO2 control auto air conditioner .............................3-152
Climate control air filter......................................3-146, 7-36
Climate control system (Automatic).............................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning ......................3-136
Clock .............................................................................3-158
Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-158
Cluster ionizer...............................................................3-151
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ................3-62
Compact spare tire replacement .....................................7-50
Consumer information ....................................................8-10
Coolant ...........................................................................7-29
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...................................7-29
Crankcase emission control system ................................7-94
Cruise control system .....................................................5-50
Cup holder.....................................................................3-155
Curtain air bags...............................................................2-50
I
Index
Drinks holders, see cup holders....................................3-155
Drive mode integrated control system............................5-42
Driver assist system ......................................................3-126
Rear view camera .....................................................3-126
Parking guide system ...............................................3-127
Parking assist system................................................3-128
Driver position memory system .....................................3-16
Driver’s air bag ...............................................................2-48
Driving at night...............................................................5-87
Driving in flooded areas .................................................5-88
Driving in the rain...........................................................5-88
E
Electric chromic mirror...................................................3-22
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system......................................................3-22
Electronic parking brake (EPB)......................................5-26
Electric power steering ...................................................3-19
Electronic control suspension (ECS) ..............................5-44
Electronic stability control (ESC)...................................5-38
Emergency starting
Jump starting ................................................................6-4
Push starting .................................................................6-6
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24
Emergency while driving..................................................6-2
I-4
Emission control system .................................................7-94
Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-94
Evaporative emission control system.........................7-94
Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-95
Engine compartment..................................................1-7, 7-3
Engine coolant ................................................................7-29
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................3-65
Engine number..................................................................8-9
Engine oil........................................................................7-27
Engine overheats...............................................................6-7
Engine start/stop button ....................................................5-6
Engine start/stop button positions.....................................5-7
Engine will not start..........................................................6-3
Evaporative emission control system .............................7-94
Exhaust emission control system....................................7-95
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-24
Exterior care....................................................................7-87
Exterior overview ......................................................1-2, 1-3
F
Flat tire............................................................................6-15
Jack and tools .............................................................6-15
Changing tires ............................................................6-16
Jack label ....................................................................6-21
Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-159
Fluid
Brake fluid..................................................................7-32
Washer fluid ...............................................................7-34
Fog light ........................................................................3-115
Front seats .........................................................................2-6
Fuel filler door ................................................................3-59
Fuel gauge.......................................................................3-65
Fuel requirements .............................................................F-6
Fuses ...............................................................................7-61
Fuse switch .................................................................7-63
Main fuse....................................................................7-64
Multi fuse ...................................................................7-65
Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-66
G
Gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge .............................3-65
Fuel gauge ..................................................................3-65
Outside Temperature Gauge.......................................3-67
Glassroof, see sunroof ....................................................3-44
Glove box......................................................................3-154
H
I
Immobilizer system.........................................................3-10
Indicators and warnings ..................................................3-95
Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-22
Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-62
Instrument panel illumination ....................................3-63
LCD display control ...................................................3-63
Speedometer ...............................................................3-64
Tachometer .................................................................3-64
Engine coolant temperature gauge .............................3-65
Fuel gauge ..................................................................3-65
Odometer ....................................................................3-66
Outside temperature gauge.........................................3-67
Automatic transmission shift indicator ......................3-67
Trip computer .............................................................3-90
Warning and indicators...............................................3-95
Instrument panel illumination.........................................3-63
Instrument panel overview ........................................1-5, 1-6
Interior care.....................................................................7-92
Interior features.............................................................3-155
Cup holder ................................................................3-155
Sunvisor....................................................................3-156
I-5
Index
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2
Hazardous driving conditions .........................................5-86
Head up display (HUD) ................................................3-107
Headlamp delay functionn ............................................3-116
Headrest ..........................................................................2-14
Heated steering wheel.....................................................3-20
Heater system................................................................3-134
Hill-start assist control (HAC)........................................5-41
Hood................................................................................3-48
Horn ................................................................................3-21
I
Index
Power outlet..............................................................3-156
Clock ........................................................................3-158
Bag hanger................................................................3-159
Clothes hanger..........................................................3-158
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-159
Rear curtain ..............................................................3-160
Side curtain...............................................................3-161
Luggage net holder...................................................3-162
Interior light ..................................................................3-118
Interior overview...............................................................1-4
J
Jack and tools..................................................................6-15
Jack label.........................................................................6-21
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
L
Label
Air bag warning label.................................................2-68
Tire loading information label....................................5-94
Certification label .......................................................5-97
Jack label ....................................................................6-21
Vehicle certification label.............................................8-8
Tire specification and pressure label............................8-9
Refrigerant label ...........................................................8-9
Lane keeping assist system (LKAS)...............................5-69
I-6
LCD display....................................................................3-68
LCD modes ................................................................3-68
Information modes .....................................................3-71
User settings mode .....................................................3-73
Warning messages ......................................................3-80
Light ..............................................................................3-110
Exterior lights ...........................................................3-110
Smart high beam.......................................................3-112
Battery saver function ..............................................3-115
Headlamp delay function..........................................3-115
Daytime running light ..............................................3-116
Headlamp leveling device ........................................3-117
Headlamp washer .....................................................3-117
Welcome system .......................................................3-117
Interior lights ............................................................3-118
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-79
Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-6
Luggage net (holder).....................................................3-162
Lumbar support...............................................................2-10
M
Main fuse ........................................................................7-64
Maintenance
Maintenance services ...................................................7-5
Owner maintenance......................................................7-6
Scheduled maintenance service....................................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-22
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-24
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-51
Maintenance schedule
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-22
Maintenance services ........................................................7-5
Manual heating and air conditioning ............................3-136
Mirrors ............................................................................3-22
Inside rearview mirror................................................3-22
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink®
system......................................................................3-22
Side view mirrors .......................................................3-36
Moonroof, see sunroof....................................................3-44
Multi fuse........................................................................7-65
Multimedia system............................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod® port ..........................................4-2
Antenna ........................................................................4-3
Steering wheel audio control........................................4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free................4-5
Neck restraints, see headrest...........................................2-14
Odometer.........................................................................3-66
Oil (Engine) ....................................................................7-27
Overheats ..........................................................................6-7
Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-6
P
Panorama sunroof ...........................................................3-44
Parking assist system ....................................................3-128
Parking brake.........................................................5-24, 5-26
Parking brake inspect......................................................7-34
Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-48
Power brakes...................................................................5-23
Power outlet ..................................................................3-156
Power window lock button .............................................3-43
Push starting......................................................................6-6
R
Rear seat..........................................................................2-11
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-46
Recommended lubricants and capacities ..........................8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-7
Refrigerant label ...............................................................8-9
Reporting safety defects..................................................8-11
I-7
Index
N
O
I
Index
Road warning....................................................................6-2
Rocking the vehicle ........................................................5-86
Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-48
S
Scheduled maintenance service ........................................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-22
Seat belts .........................................................................2-22
Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-22
Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-23
Seat belt restraint system............................................2-25
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-28
Pre-active seat belt (PSB) ..........................................2-30
Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-31
Care of seat belts ........................................................2-34
Seat warmers and coolers ...............................................2-18
Seat warmers ..............................................................2-18
Seat warmers and coolers...........................................2-20
Seatback pocket ..............................................................2-11
Seats ..................................................................................2-4
Front seats ....................................................................2-6
Seatback angle..............................................................2-8
Seat cushion height ......................................................2-9
Lumbar support ..........................................................2-10
Rear seats....................................................................2-11
Shift lock system.............................................................5-16
I-8
Side air bag .....................................................................2-49
Side view mirrors............................................................3-36
Smart high beam ...........................................................3-112
Smart key ..........................................................................3-4
Smart trunk .....................................................................3-55
Smooth cornering............................................................5-87
Snow tires .......................................................................5-89
Spare tire
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-50
Special driving conditions ..............................................5-86
Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-86
Rocking the vehicle....................................................5-86
Smooth cornering .......................................................5-87
Driving at night ..........................................................5-87
Driving in the rain ......................................................5-88
Driving in flooded areas.............................................5-88
Speedometer....................................................................3-64
Sports mode ....................................................................5-14
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ...................6-4
Starting the engine ............................................................5-9
Steering wheel.................................................................3-19
Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................3-19
Tilt steering / Telescope steering................................3-19
Heated steering wheel ................................................3-20
Horn............................................................................3-21
Steering wheel audio control ............................................4-4
Storage compartment ....................................................3-153
Center console storage .............................................3-153
Glove box .................................................................3-154
Sunglass holder ........................................................3-154
Sunglass holder .............................................................3-154
Sunroof............................................................................3-44
Sunvisor ........................................................................3-156
T
V
Vehicle break-in process...................................................F-9
Vehicle certification label .................................................8-8
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...........F-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................................8-8
Index
Tachometer......................................................................3-64
Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-16
Tilt steering / Telescope steering ....................................3-19
Tire pressure....................................................................7-46
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ........................6-9
Changing a tire with TPMS .......................................6-14
Tire rotation ....................................................................7-48
Tire specification and pressure label ................................8-9
Tires and wheels ......................................................7-45, 8-4
Tire care......................................................................7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-46
Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-47
Tire rotation ................................................................7-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-49
Tire replacement.........................................................7-49
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-50
Wheel replacement .....................................................7-50
Tire traction ................................................................7-50
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-51
Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-51
Tire terminology and definitions................................7-55
All season tires ...........................................................7-58
Summer tires ..............................................................7-58
Snow tires ...................................................................7-58
Radial-ply tires ...........................................................7-59
Low aspect ratio tires .................................................7-59
Towing ............................................................................6-22
Emergency towing......................................................6-24
Transmission
Automatic transmission ..............................................5-11
Trip computer..................................................................3-90
Trunk ...............................................................................3-49
Non-powered trunk ....................................................3-49
Power trunk ................................................................3-50
Emergency trunk safety release .................................3-54
Smart trunk .................................................................3-55
I
I-9
Index
Vehicle load limit ............................................................5-93
Base curb weight ........................................................5-93
Vehicle curb weight....................................................5-93
Cargo weight ..............................................................5-93
GAW (Gross axle weight) ..........................................5-93
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating).............................5-93
GVW (Gross vehicle weight).....................................5-93
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)........................5-93
Tire loading information label....................................5-94
W
Warnings and indicators..................................................3-95
Washer fluid ....................................................................7-34
Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-49
Wheel replacement .........................................................7-50
Windows .........................................................................3-40
Auto up/down window ...............................................3-42
Power window lock switch ........................................3-43
Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-148
Winter driving .................................................................5-89
Snow tires ...................................................................5-89
Tire chains ..................................................................5-90
Wiper blades ...................................................................7-38
Wipers and washers ......................................................3-123
I-10
Download PDF
Similar pages